1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11 // builds ASTs.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17 
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
51 #include <deque>
52 #include <string>
53 #include <vector>
54 
55 namespace llvm {
56   class APSInt;
57   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
58   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
59   class SmallBitVector;
60 }
61 
62 namespace clang {
63   class ADLResult;
64   class ASTConsumer;
65   class ASTContext;
66   class ASTMutationListener;
67   class ASTReader;
68   class ASTWriter;
69   class ArrayType;
70   class AttributeList;
71   class BlockDecl;
72   class CapturedDecl;
73   class CXXBasePath;
74   class CXXBasePaths;
75   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
76   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
77   class CXXConstructorDecl;
78   class CXXConversionDecl;
79   class CXXDestructorDecl;
80   class CXXFieldCollector;
81   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
82   class CXXMethodDecl;
83   class CXXScopeSpec;
84   class CXXTemporary;
85   class CXXTryStmt;
86   class CallExpr;
87   class ClassTemplateDecl;
88   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
89   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
90   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
92   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
93   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
94   class CodeCompletionResult;
95   class Decl;
96   class DeclAccessPair;
97   class DeclContext;
98   class DeclRefExpr;
99   class DeclaratorDecl;
100   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
101   class DependentDiagnostic;
102   class DesignatedInitExpr;
103   class Designation;
104   class EnumConstantDecl;
105   class Expr;
106   class ExtVectorType;
107   class ExternalSemaSource;
108   class FormatAttr;
109   class FriendDecl;
110   class FunctionDecl;
111   class FunctionProtoType;
112   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
113   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
114   class InitListExpr;
115   class InitializationKind;
116   class InitializationSequence;
117   class InitializedEntity;
118   class IntegerLiteral;
119   class LabelStmt;
120   class LambdaExpr;
121   class LangOptions;
122   class LocalInstantiationScope;
123   class LookupResult;
124   class MacroInfo;
125   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
126   class NamedDecl;
127   class NonNullAttr;
128   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
129   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
130   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
131   class ObjCContainerDecl;
132   class ObjCImplDecl;
133   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
134   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
135   class ObjCIvarDecl;
136   template <class T> class ObjCList;
137   class ObjCMessageExpr;
138   class ObjCMethodDecl;
139   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
140   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
141   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
142   class OMPClause;
143   class OverloadCandidateSet;
144   class OverloadExpr;
145   class ParenListExpr;
146   class ParmVarDecl;
147   class Preprocessor;
148   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
149   class PseudoObjectExpr;
150   class QualType;
151   class StandardConversionSequence;
152   class Stmt;
153   class StringLiteral;
154   class SwitchStmt;
155   class TargetAttributesSema;
156   class TemplateArgument;
157   class TemplateArgumentList;
158   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
159   class TemplateDecl;
160   class TemplateParameterList;
161   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
162   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
163   class Token;
164   class TypeAliasDecl;
165   class TypedefDecl;
166   class TypedefNameDecl;
167   class TypeLoc;
168   class UnqualifiedId;
169   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
170   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
171   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
172   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
173   class UsingDecl;
174   class UsingShadowDecl;
175   class ValueDecl;
176   class VarDecl;
177   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
178   class VisibilityAttr;
179   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
180   class IndirectFieldDecl;
181   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
182   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
183 
184 namespace sema {
185   class AccessedEntity;
186   class BlockScopeInfo;
187   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
188   class CapturingScopeInfo;
189   class CompoundScopeInfo;
190   class DelayedDiagnostic;
191   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
192   class FunctionScopeInfo;
193   class LambdaScopeInfo;
194   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
195   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
196 }
197 
198 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
199 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
200 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
201                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
202 
203 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
204 class Sema {
205   Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
206   void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
207   mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
208 
209   ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
210   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
211 
212   ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
213   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
214 
215   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
216 
217   static bool
218   shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
219     // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
220     // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
221     // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
222     // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
223     // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
224     // with internal linkage.
225     return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
226   }
227 
228 public:
229   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
230   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
231   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
232 
233   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
234   FPOptions FPFeatures;
235 
236   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
237   Preprocessor &PP;
238   ASTContext &Context;
239   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
240   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
241   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
242 
243   /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
244   bool CollectStats;
245 
246   /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
247   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
248 
249   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
250   DeclContext *CurContext;
251 
252   /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
253   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
254   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
255 
256   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
257   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
258   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
259 
260   /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
261   /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
262   void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
263 
264   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
265 
266   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
267   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
268 
269   /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
270   ///
271   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
272   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
273   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
274 
275   /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
276   /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
277   bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
278 
279   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
280   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
281   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
282   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
283 
284   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
285 
286   /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
287   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
288   ///
289   /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
290   /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
291   /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
292   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
293 
294   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
295                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
296     ExtVectorDeclsType;
297 
298   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
299   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
300   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
301   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
302 
303   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
304   OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
305 
306   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
307 
308   /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
309   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
310 
311   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
312 
313   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
314   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
315   /// same list more than once.
316   OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
317 
318   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
319   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
320   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
321 
322   /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
323   /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
324   ///
325   /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
326   /// scopes, e.g.,
327   ///
328   /// \code
329   /// extern "C" void f() {
330   ///   void foo(int, int);
331   /// }
332   /// \endcode
333   ///
334   /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
335   /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
336   /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
337   ///
338   ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
339   ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
340   ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
341   ///     for compatibility.
342   ///
343   ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
344   ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
345   ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
346   ///     not visible.
347   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
348 
349   /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
350   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
351 
352   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
353                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
354     TentativeDefinitionsType;
355 
356   /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
357   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
358 
359   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
360                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
361     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
362 
363   /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
364   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
365   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
366 
367   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
368                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
369     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
370 
371   /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
372   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
373   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
374 
375   /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376   /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377   /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                               const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381 
382   /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383   /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384   /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385   /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386   /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387   /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388   /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389   SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390     DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391 
392   typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
393   LateParsedTemplateMapT;
394   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
395 
396   /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
397   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
398   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
399   void *OpaqueParser;
400 
401   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
402     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
403     OpaqueParser = P;
404   }
405 
406   class DelayedDiagnostics;
407 
408   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
409     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
410     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
411   };
412   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
413   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
414 
415   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
416   /// during parsing and other processing.
417   class DelayedDiagnostics {
418     /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
419     /// diagnostics should go.
420     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
421 
422   public:
423     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
424 
425     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
426     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
427 
428     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
429     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
430 
431     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
432     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
433       return CurPool;
434     }
435 
436     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
437     /// collected in this pool.
438     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
439       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
440       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
441       CurPool = &pool;
442       return state;
443     }
444 
445     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
446     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
447     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
448     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
449       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
450     }
451 
452     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
453     /// not delayed.
454     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
455       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
456       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
457       CurPool = 0;
458       return state;
459     }
460 
461     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
462     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
463       assert(CurPool == NULL);
464       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
465     }
466   } DelayedDiagnostics;
467 
468   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
469   class ContextRAII {
470   private:
471     Sema &S;
472     DeclContext *SavedContext;
473     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
474     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
475 
476   public:
477     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
478       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
479         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
480         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
481     {
482       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
483       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
484     }
485 
486     void pop() {
487       if (!SavedContext) return;
488       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
489       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
490       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
491       SavedContext = 0;
492     }
493 
494     ~ContextRAII() {
495       pop();
496     }
497   };
498 
499   /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
500   /// a function body.
501   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
502     Sema &S;
503     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
504 
505   public:
506     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
507       : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
508     {
509       S.PushFunctionScope();
510       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
511     }
512 
513     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
514       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
515       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
516     }
517   };
518 
519   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
520   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
521   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
522   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
523 
524   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
525   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
526   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
527   /// in the currently selected standard.
528   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
529 
530 
531   /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
532   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
533 
534   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
535   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
536   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
537   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
538   /// It would be best to refactor this.
539   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
540 
541   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
542 
543   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
544   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
545   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
546   Scope *TUScope;
547 
548   /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
549   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
550 
551   /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
552   /// standard library.
553   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
554 
555   /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
556   /// \<initializer_list>.
557   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
558 
559   /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
560   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
561 
562   /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
563   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
564 
565   /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
566   OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
567 
568   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
569   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
570 
571   /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
572   QualType NSNumberPointer;
573 
574   /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
575   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
576 
577   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
578   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
579 
580   /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
581   QualType NSStringPointer;
582 
583   /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
584   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
585 
586   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
587   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
588 
589   /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
590   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
591 
592   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
593   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
594 
595   /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
596   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
597 
598   /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
599   QualType QIDNSCopying;
600 
601   /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
602   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
603 
604   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
605   /// have been declared.
606   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
607 
608   /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
609   /// references to fields.  This is really a
610   bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
611 
612   /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
613   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
614   enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
615     /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
616     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
617     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
618     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
619     /// run time.
620     Unevaluated,
621 
622     /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
623     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
624     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
625     UnevaluatedAbstract,
626 
627     /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
628     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
629     /// cases in a switch statement).
630     ConstantEvaluated,
631 
632     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
633     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
634     /// expression at run time.
635     PotentiallyEvaluated,
636 
637     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
638     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
639     /// in fact the current expression is used.
640     ///
641     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
642     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
643     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
644     /// until the default argument is used.
645     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
646   };
647 
648   /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
649   /// expression evaluation contexts.
650   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
651     /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
652     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
653 
654     /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
655     bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
656 
657     /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
658     bool IsDecltype;
659 
660     /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
661     /// this expression evaluation context.
662     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
663 
664     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
665 
666     /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
667     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
668     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
669 
670     /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
671     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
672     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
673     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
674 
675     /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
676     /// and block literals within this context.
677     ///
678     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
679     /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
680     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
681 
682     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
683     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
684     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
685 
686     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
687     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
688     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
689 
690     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
691                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
692                                       bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
693                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
694                                       bool IsDecltype)
695       : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
696         IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
697         ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
698 
699     /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
700     /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
701     MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
702 
703     bool isUnevaluated() const {
704       return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705     }
706   };
707 
708   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710 
711   /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
712   /// block literal.
713   ///
714   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
715   /// block literal.
716   /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
717   /// associated with the context, if relevant.
718   MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
719     const DeclContext *DC,
720     Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
721 
722 
723   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
724   /// function.
725   ///
726   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
727   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
728   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
729   public:
730     enum Kind {
731       NoMemberOrDeleted,
732       Ambiguous,
733       Success
734     };
735 
736   private:
737     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
738 
739   public:
740     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
741       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
742     {}
743 
744     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
745     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
746 
747     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
748     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
749   };
750 
751   /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
752   /// for C++ records.
753   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
754 
755   /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
756   ///
757   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
758   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
759   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
760   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
761   /// checks.
762   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
763 
764   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
765 
766   /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
767   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
768 
769   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
770     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
771 
772   /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
773   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
774   ///
775   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
776   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
777   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
778   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
779   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
780 
781   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
782   // argument locations.
783   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
784 
785   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
786   /// definition in this translation unit.
787   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
788 
789   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
790   void getUndefinedButUsed(
791       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
792 
793   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
794   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
795 
796   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
797   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
798   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
799   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
800   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
801   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
802   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
803 
804   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
805   /// of -Wselector.
806   llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
807 
808   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
809   enum CXXSpecialMember {
810     CXXDefaultConstructor,
811     CXXCopyConstructor,
812     CXXMoveConstructor,
813     CXXCopyAssignment,
814     CXXMoveAssignment,
815     CXXDestructor,
816     CXXInvalid
817   };
818 
819   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
820 
821   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
822   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
823   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
824   llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
825 
826   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
827 
828   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
829   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
830 
831   /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
832   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
833   /// should not be used elsewhere.
834   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
835 
836   /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
837   /// statements.
838   class FPContractStateRAII {
839   public:
840     FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
841       : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
842     ~FPContractStateRAII() {
843       S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
844     }
845   private:
846     Sema& S;
847     bool OldFPContractState : 1;
848   };
849 
850   typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
851     InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
852 
853 public:
854   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
855        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
856        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
857   ~Sema();
858 
859   /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
860   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
861   void Initialize();
862 
863   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
864   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
865   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
866 
867   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
868   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
869   const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
870   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
871   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
872   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
873   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
874   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
875 
876   ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
877   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
878   ///
879   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
880   ///
881   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
882 
883   void PrintStats() const;
884 
885   /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
886   /// template instantiation stacks.
887   ///
888   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
889   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
890   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
891   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
892   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
893   /// well.
894   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
895     Sema &SemaRef;
896     unsigned DiagID;
897 
898   public:
899     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
900       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
901 
902     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
903       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
904       if (!isActive()) return;
905 
906       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
907       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
908       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
909       //
910       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
911       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
912       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
913       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
914       // eliminate that code.
915       FlushCounts();
916       Clear();
917 
918       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
919       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
920     }
921 
922     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
923     template<typename T>
924     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
925         const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
926       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
927       BaseDiag << Value;
928       return Diag;
929     }
930   };
931 
932   /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
933   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
934     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
935     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
936   }
937 
938   /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
939   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
940 
941   /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
942   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
943 
944   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
945 
946   /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
947   std::string
948   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
949   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
950 
951   ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
952   ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
953   StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
954 
955   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
956 
957   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
958 
959   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
960 
961   void PushFunctionScope();
962   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
963   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
964 
965   /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
966   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
967   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
968   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
969 
970   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
971                                RecordDecl *RD,
972                                CapturedRegionKind K);
973   void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
974                             const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
975 
976   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
977     return FunctionScopes.back();
978   }
979 
980   template <typename ExprT>
981   void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
982     if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
983       getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
984   }
985 
986   void PushCompoundScope();
987   void PopCompoundScope();
988 
989   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
990 
991   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
992 
993   /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
994   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
995 
996   /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
997   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
998 
999   /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1000   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1001 
1002   /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1003   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1004 
1005   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1006   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1007 
1008   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1009 
1010   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1011   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1012   //
1013 
1014   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1015                               const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1016   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1017                               const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1018   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1019                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1020   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1021                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1022   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1023                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1024                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1025   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1026                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1027 
1028   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1029 
1030   /// \brief Build a function type.
1031   ///
1032   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1033   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1034   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1035   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1036   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1037   ///
1038   /// \param T The return type of the function.
1039   ///
1040   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1041   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1042   /// function parameters.
1043   ///
1044   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1045   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1046   /// type that will have function type.
1047   ///
1048   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1049   /// type, if known.
1050   ///
1051   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1052   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1053   ///
1054   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1055   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1056   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1057   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1058                              llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1059                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1060                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1061 
1062   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1063                                   SourceLocation Loc,
1064                                   DeclarationName Entity);
1065   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1066                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1067   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1068   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1069 
1070   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1071   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1072   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1073                                                TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1074 
1075   /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1076   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1077   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1078   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1079   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1080   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1081   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1082                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1083   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1084   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1085   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1086   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1087       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1088       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1089   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1090       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1091       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1092       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1093       bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1094       bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1095       bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1096       bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1097   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1098       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1099       const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1100       const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1101   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1102       const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1103       const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1104 
1105   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1106 
1107   /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1108   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1109   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1110 
1111   /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1112   struct TypeDiagnoser {
1113     bool Suppressed;
1114 
1115     TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1116 
1117     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1118     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1119   };
1120 
1121   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1122   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1123   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1124   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1125   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1126   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1127   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1128     return II;
1129   }
1130   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1131   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1132   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1133   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1134   static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1135   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1136 
1137   template<typename T1>
1138   class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1139     unsigned DiagID;
1140     const T1 &Arg1;
1141 
1142   public:
1143     BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1144       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1145     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1146       if (Suppressed) return;
1147       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1148     }
1149 
1150     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1151   };
1152 
1153   template<typename T1, typename T2>
1154   class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1155     unsigned DiagID;
1156     const T1 &Arg1;
1157     const T2 &Arg2;
1158 
1159   public:
1160     BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1161                                   const T2 &Arg2)
1162       : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1163         Arg2(Arg2) { }
1164 
1165     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1166       if (Suppressed) return;
1167       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1168     }
1169 
1170     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1171   };
1172 
1173   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1174   class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1175     unsigned DiagID;
1176     const T1 &Arg1;
1177     const T2 &Arg2;
1178     const T3 &Arg3;
1179 
1180   public:
1181     BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1182                                   const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1183     : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1184       Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1185 
1186     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1187       if (Suppressed) return;
1188       S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1189         << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1190     }
1191 
1192     virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1193   };
1194 
1195 private:
1196   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1197                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1198 public:
1199   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1200                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1201   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1202                            unsigned DiagID);
1203 
1204   template<typename T1>
1205   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1207     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1208     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1209   }
1210 
1211   template<typename T1, typename T2>
1212   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1213                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1214     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1215     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1216   }
1217 
1218   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1219   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1220                            unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1221                            const T3 &Arg3) {
1222     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1223                                                         Arg3);
1224     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1225   }
1226 
1227   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1228   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1229 
1230   template<typename T1>
1231   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1234   }
1235 
1236   template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1238                                const T2 &Arg2) {
1239     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1241   }
1242 
1243   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1245                                const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1246     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1247                                                         Arg3);
1248     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1249   }
1250 
1251   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1252                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1253   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1254 
1255   template<typename T1>
1256   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1257                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1258     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1259     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1260   }
1261 
1262   template<typename T1, typename T2>
1263   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1264                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1265     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1266     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1267   }
1268 
1269   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1270   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1271                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1272                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1273     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1274                                                         Arg3);
1275     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1276   }
1277 
1278   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1279                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1280 
1281   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1282   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1283   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1284                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1285                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1286 
1287   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1288   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1289   //
1290 
1291   /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1292   /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1293   /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1294   /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1295   std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1296   /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1297   /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1298   /// such as:
1299   ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1300   unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1301 
1302   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1303 
1304   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1305 
1306   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1307 
1308   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1309                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1310                          bool isClassName = false,
1311                          bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1312                          ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1313                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1314                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1315                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1316   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1317   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1318   bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1319                                SourceLocation IILoc,
1320                                Scope *S,
1321                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1322                                ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1323 
1324   /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1325   /// by \c ClassifyName().
1326   enum NameClassificationKind {
1327     NC_Unknown,
1328     NC_Error,
1329     NC_Keyword,
1330     NC_Type,
1331     NC_Expression,
1332     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1333     NC_TypeTemplate,
1334     NC_VarTemplate,
1335     NC_FunctionTemplate
1336   };
1337 
1338   class NameClassification {
1339     NameClassificationKind Kind;
1340     ExprResult Expr;
1341     TemplateName Template;
1342     ParsedType Type;
1343     const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1344 
1345     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1346 
1347   public:
1348     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1349 
1350     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1351 
1352     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1353       : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1354 
1355     static NameClassification Error() {
1356       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1357     }
1358 
1359     static NameClassification Unknown() {
1360       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1361     }
1362 
1363     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1364       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1365     }
1366 
1367     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1368       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1369       Result.Template = Name;
1370       return Result;
1371     }
1372 
1373     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1374       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1375       Result.Template = Name;
1376       return Result;
1377     }
1378 
1379     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1380       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1381       Result.Template = Name;
1382       return Result;
1383     }
1384 
1385     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1386 
1387     ParsedType getType() const {
1388       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1389       return Type;
1390     }
1391 
1392     ExprResult getExpression() const {
1393       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1394       return Expr;
1395     }
1396 
1397     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1398       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1399              Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1400       return Template;
1401     }
1402 
1403     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1404       switch (Kind) {
1405       case NC_TypeTemplate:
1406         return TNK_Type_template;
1407       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1408         return TNK_Function_template;
1409       case NC_VarTemplate:
1410         return TNK_Var_template;
1411       default:
1412         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1413       }
1414     }
1415   };
1416 
1417   /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1418   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1419   ///
1420   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1421   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1422   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1423   ///
1424   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1425   ///
1426   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1427   ///
1428   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1429   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1430   ///
1431   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1432   ///
1433   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1434   /// disambiguate the name.
1435   ///
1436   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1437   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1438   ///        expression.
1439   ///
1440   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1441   NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1442                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1443                                   IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1444                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
1445                                   const Token &NextToken,
1446                                   bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1447                                   CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1448 
1449   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1450 
1451   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1452                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1453   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1454   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1455   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1456                                     DeclarationName Name,
1457                                     SourceLocation Loc);
1458   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1459   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1460   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1461   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1462   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1463   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1464   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1465                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1466                                     LookupResult &Previous);
1467   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1468                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1469   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1470                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1471                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1472                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1473                                      bool &AddToScope);
1474   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1475   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1476   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1477   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1478   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1479   void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1480   void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1481 
1482   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1483                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1484                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1485                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1486                                      bool &AddToScope);
1487   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1488   void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1489 
1490   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1491   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1492 
1493   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1494   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1495                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1496   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1497                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1498   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1499   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1500                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1501                                 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1502   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1503   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1504   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1505   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1506                                           SourceLocation Loc,
1507                                           QualType T);
1508   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1509                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1510                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1511                               StorageClass SC);
1512   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1513                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1514                                  Expr *defarg);
1515   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1516                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1517                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1518   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1519   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1520                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1521 
1522   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1523                             bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1524   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1525   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1526   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1527   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1528   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1529   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1530   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1531                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1532   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1533                                       bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1534 
1535   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1536   /// documentation comments.
1537   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1538   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1539 
1540   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1541                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1542   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1543                                     const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1544                                         0);
1545   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1546   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1547   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1548   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1549     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1550   }
1551 
1552   /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1553   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1554   /// code for that function.
1555   ///
1556   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1557   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1558   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1559   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1560 
1561   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1562   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1563   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1564   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1565 
1566   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1567   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1568   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1569 
1570   /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1571   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1572   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1573                                 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1574 
1575   /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1576   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1577   /// specified threshold.
1578   void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1579                                               ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1580                                               QualType ReturnTy,
1581                                               NamedDecl *D);
1582 
1583   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1584   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1585                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1586                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1587 
1588   /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1589   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1590                               AttributeList *AttrList,
1591                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1592 
1593   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1594   ///
1595   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1596   ///
1597   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1598   ///
1599   /// \param Path The module access path.
1600   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1601                                ModuleIdPath Path);
1602 
1603   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1604   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1605   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1606 
1607   /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1608   /// source location.
1609   ///
1610   /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1611   /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1612   /// the user has forgotten to import.
1613   void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1614 
1615   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1616   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1617     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1618   }
1619 
1620   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1621   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1622                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
1623 
1624   /// Scope actions.
1625   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1626   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1627 
1628   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1629                                    DeclSpec &DS);
1630   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1631                                    DeclSpec &DS,
1632                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1633                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1634 
1635   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1636                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
1637                                     RecordDecl *Record);
1638 
1639   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1640                                        RecordDecl *Record);
1641 
1642   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1643                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1644                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1645                                     const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1646 
1647   enum TagUseKind {
1648     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1649     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1650     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1651     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1652   };
1653 
1654   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1655                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1656                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1657                  AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1658                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1659                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1660                  bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1661                  SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1662                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1663 
1664   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1665                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1666                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1667                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1668                                 AttributeList *Attr,
1669                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1670 
1671   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1672                                unsigned TagSpec,
1673                                TagUseKind TUK,
1674                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1675                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
1676                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
1677                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
1678 
1679   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1680                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1681                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1682   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1683                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1684 
1685   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1686                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1687                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1688                          AccessSpecifier AS);
1689   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1690                                    SourceLocation DeclStart,
1691                                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1692                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1693                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1694                                    AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1695 
1696   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1697                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1698                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1699                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1700                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1701                             SourceLocation TSSL,
1702                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1703                             Declarator *D = 0);
1704 
1705   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1706   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1707   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1708                               bool Diagnose = false);
1709   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1710   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1711                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1712   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1713                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1714                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1715 
1716   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1717   void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1718                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1719                    SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1720                    AttributeList *AttrList);
1721 
1722   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1723   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1724   /// struct, or union).
1725   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1726 
1727   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1728 
1729   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1730   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1731   /// member declarations.
1732   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1733                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1734                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1735                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1736 
1737   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1738   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1739   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1740                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1741 
1742   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1743 
1744   /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1745   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1746   ///
1747   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1748   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1749   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1750 
1751   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1752   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1753   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1754 
1755   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1756                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1757                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
1758                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
1759                                       Expr *val);
1760   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1761   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1762                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1763 
1764   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1765                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1766                           AttributeList *Attrs,
1767                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1768   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1769                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1770                      ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1771                      Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1772 
1773   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1774 
1775   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1776   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1777   void PopDeclContext();
1778 
1779   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1780   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1781   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1782   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1783 
1784   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1785   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1786   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1787 
1788   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1789 
1790   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1791   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1792   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1793   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1794 
1795   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1796   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1797   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1798   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1799 
1800   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1801   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1802   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1803   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1804 
1805   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1806   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1807 
1808   /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1809   /// top level scope.
1810   ///
1811   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1812   ///
1813   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1814   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1815 
1816   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1817   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1818   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1819   ///
1820   /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1821   /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1822   /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1823   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1824                      bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1825 
1826   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1827   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1828   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1829 
1830   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1831   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1832                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1833   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1834 
1835   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1836   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1837                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1838                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
1839                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
1840                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1841                                           bool IsUnavailable,
1842                                           StringRef Message,
1843                                           bool Override,
1844                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1845   TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1846                                        TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1847                                               unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1848   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1849                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1850                                       unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1851   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1852                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1853   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1854                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1855   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1856                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1857                               int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1858   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1859                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1860 
1861   /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1862   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1863   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1864     /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1865     AMK_None,
1866     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1867     /// an exact match.
1868     AMK_Redeclaration,
1869     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1870     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1871     AMK_Override
1872   };
1873 
1874   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1875                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1876   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1877   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S,
1878                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1879   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1880                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1881   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1882   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1883   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1884   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1885   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1886 
1887   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1888   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1889   enum AssignmentAction {
1890     AA_Assigning,
1891     AA_Passing,
1892     AA_Returning,
1893     AA_Converting,
1894     AA_Initializing,
1895     AA_Sending,
1896     AA_Casting,
1897     AA_Passing_CFAudited
1898   };
1899 
1900   /// C++ Overloading.
1901   enum OverloadKind {
1902     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1903     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1904     Ovl_Overload,
1905 
1906     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1907     /// an existing declaration.
1908     Ovl_Match,
1909 
1910     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1911     /// non-function.
1912     Ovl_NonFunction
1913   };
1914   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1915                              FunctionDecl *New,
1916                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1917                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1918                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
1919   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1920 
1921   /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1922   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1923   ///
1924   /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1925   /// an available function, false otherwise.
1926   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1927 
1928   ImplicitConversionSequence
1929   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1930                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
1931                         bool AllowExplicit,
1932                         bool InOverloadResolution,
1933                         bool CStyle,
1934                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1935 
1936   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1937   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1938   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1939   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1940                            bool InOverloadResolution,
1941                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1942   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1943                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1944   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1945                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
1946   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1947                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
1948   bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1949                                 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1950                                 unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1951   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1952                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1953 
1954   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1955   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1956                               CastKind &Kind,
1957                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1958                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1959   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1960                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
1961                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
1962   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1963                                     CastKind &Kind,
1964                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1965                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1966   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1967                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1968   bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1969                             QualType &ResultTy);
1970   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1971   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1972 
1973   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1974                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1975                                              QualType ResultType,
1976                                              Expr *Value,
1977                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
1978 
1979   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1980                                     ExprResult Init);
1981   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1982                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1983                                        ExprResult Init,
1984                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1985                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
1986   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1987                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1988                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1989                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1990 
1991   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1992   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1993 
1994   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1995   enum CCEKind {
1996     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1997     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1998     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1999     CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2000   };
2001   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2002                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2003 
2004   /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2005   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2006   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2007   public:
2008     bool Suppress;
2009     bool SuppressConversion;
2010 
2011     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2012                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2013         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2014 
2015     /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2016     /// for this conversion.
2017     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2018 
2019     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2020     /// integral or enumeration type.
2021     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2022     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2023 
2024     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2025     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2026     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2027 
2028     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2029     /// is explicit.
2030     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2031         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2032 
2033     /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2034     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2035     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2036 
2037     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2038     /// functions.
2039     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2040     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2041 
2042     /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2043     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2044     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2045 
2046     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2047     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2048     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2049         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2050 
2051     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2052   };
2053 
2054   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2055     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2056 
2057   public:
2058     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2059                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2060         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2061           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2062 
2063     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2064     bool match(QualType T);
2065 
2066     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2067     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2068       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2069     }
2070 
2071     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2072     /// integral or enumeration type.
2073     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2074     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2075   };
2076 
2077   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2078   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2079       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2080 
2081 
2082   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2083     OS_Array,
2084     OS_Dictionary,
2085     OS_Error
2086   };
2087   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2088 
2089   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2090   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2091   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2092     LK_Array,
2093     LK_Dictionary,
2094     LK_Numeric,
2095     LK_Boxed,
2096     LK_String,
2097     LK_Block,
2098     LK_None
2099   };
2100   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2101 
2102   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2103                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2104                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2105                                            NamedDecl *Member);
2106 
2107   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2108   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2109   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2110   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2111 
2112   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2113                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2114                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2115                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2116                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2117                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
2118                             bool AllowExplicit = false);
2119   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2120                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2121                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2122                              bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2123                             TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2124   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2125                           QualType ObjectType,
2126                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2127                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2128                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2129                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2130   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2131                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2132                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2133                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2134                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2135                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2136                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2137   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2138                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2139                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2140                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2141                                   QualType ObjectType,
2142                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2143                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2144                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2145                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2146   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2147                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2148                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2149                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2150                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2151                                     bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2152   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2153                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2154                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2155                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2156                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2157                               bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2158   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2159                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2160                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2161                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2162                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2163                                     bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2164   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2165                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2166                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2167                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2168                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2169                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2170   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2171                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2172                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2173                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2174   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2175                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2176                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2177                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2178                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2179   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2180                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2181                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2182   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2183                                             bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2184                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2185                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2186                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2187                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
2188 
2189   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2190   void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2191 
2192   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2193   // identified by the expression Expr
2194   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2195 
2196   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2197   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2198   // R (A) --> R(A)
2199   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2200   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2201   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2202   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2203 
2204   FunctionDecl *
2205   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2206                                      QualType TargetType,
2207                                      bool Complain,
2208                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
2209                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2210 
2211   FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2212                                                    bool Complain = false,
2213                                                    DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2214 
2215   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2216                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2217                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2218                       bool Complain = false,
2219                       const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2220                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2221                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2222 
2223 
2224   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2225                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2226                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
2227   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2228                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2229                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
2230 
2231   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2232                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2233                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2234                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
2235 
2236   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2237   // range-based for loop.
2238   enum ForRangeStatus {
2239     FRS_Success,
2240     FRS_NoViableFunction,
2241     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2242   };
2243 
2244   // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2245   // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2246   enum BeginEndFunction {
2247     BEF_begin,
2248     BEF_end
2249   };
2250 
2251   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2252                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2253                                            VarDecl *Decl,
2254                                            BeginEndFunction BEF,
2255                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2256                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2257                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2258                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2259 
2260   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2261                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2262                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2263                                      MultiExprArg Args,
2264                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2265                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
2266                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2267 
2268   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2269                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2270                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2271                               ExprResult *Result);
2272 
2273   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2274                                      unsigned Opc,
2275                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2276                                      Expr *input);
2277 
2278   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2279                                    unsigned Opc,
2280                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2281                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2282 
2283   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2284                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
2285                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2286 
2287   ExprResult
2288   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2289                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2290                             MultiExprArg Args,
2291                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2292   ExprResult
2293   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2294                                MultiExprArg Args,
2295                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2296 
2297   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2298                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
2299                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0);
2300 
2301   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2302   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2303   /// that best represents the call.
2304   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2305                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2306 
2307   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2308   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2309                                 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2310                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
2311   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2312   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2313   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2314 
2315   /// \name Name lookup
2316   ///
2317   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2318   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2319   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2320   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2321   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2322   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2323   ///
2324   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2325   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2326   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2327   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2328   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2329   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2330   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2331   ///
2332   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2333   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2334   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2335   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2336   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2337   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2338   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2339   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2340   //@{
2341 
2342   /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2343   enum LookupNameKind {
2344     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2345     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2346     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2347     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2348     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2349     /// structs, and unions.
2350     LookupTagName,
2351     /// Label name lookup.
2352     LookupLabel,
2353     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2354     /// class/struct/union members.
2355     LookupMemberName,
2356     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2357     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2358     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2359     LookupOperatorName,
2360     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2361     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2362     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2363     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2364     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2365     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2366     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2367     LookupNamespaceName,
2368     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2369     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2370     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2371     LookupUsingDeclName,
2372     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2373     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2374     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2375     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2376     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2377     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2378     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2379     LookupLocalFriendName,
2380     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2381     LookupObjCProtocolName,
2382     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2383     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2384     /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2385     LookupAnyName
2386   };
2387 
2388   /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2389   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2390   enum RedeclarationKind {
2391     /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2392     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2393     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2394     /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2395     /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2396     ForRedeclaration
2397   };
2398 
2399   /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2400   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2401     /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2402     LOLR_Error,
2403     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2404     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2405     LOLR_Cooked,
2406     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2407     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2408     LOLR_Raw,
2409     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2410     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2411     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2412     LOLR_Template,
2413     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2414     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2415     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2416     LOLR_StringTemplate
2417   };
2418 
2419   SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2420                                                    CXXSpecialMember SM,
2421                                                    bool ConstArg,
2422                                                    bool VolatileArg,
2423                                                    bool RValueThis,
2424                                                    bool ConstThis,
2425                                                    bool VolatileThis);
2426 
2427 private:
2428   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2429 
2430   // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2431   //
2432   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2433   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2434   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2435 
2436   /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2437   /// source.
2438   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2439 
2440 public:
2441   /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2442   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2443   ///
2444   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2445   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2446   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2447                               SourceLocation Loc,
2448                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
2449                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
2450                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
2451   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2452                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2453   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2454                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2455   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2456                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2457                         bool EnteringContext = false);
2458   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2459                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
2460                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
2461 
2462   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2463                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
2464                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2465 
2466   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2467                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2468 
2469   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2470   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2471   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2472                                                unsigned Quals);
2473   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2474                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2475   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2476                                               unsigned Quals);
2477   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2478                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2479   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2480 
2481   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2482                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2483                                                     bool AllowRaw,
2484                                                     bool AllowTemplate,
2485                                                     bool AllowStringTemplate);
2486   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2487 
2488   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2489                                SourceLocation Loc,
2490                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2491                                ADLResult &Functions);
2492 
2493   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2494                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2495                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2496   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2497                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2498                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2499 
2500   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2501                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2502                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2503                              CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2504                              DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2505                              bool EnteringContext = false,
2506                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0,
2507                              bool RecordFailure = true);
2508 
2509   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2510                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2511                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2512 
2513   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2514                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2515                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2516                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2517 
2518   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2519                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2520                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2521                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2522 
2523   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2524                             bool ConsiderLinkage,
2525                             bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2526 
2527   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2528   //@}
2529 
2530   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2531                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
2532                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
2533   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2534                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2535                                  SourceLocation Loc);
2536   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2537                                       Scope *S);
2538   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2539 
2540   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2541 
2542   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2543   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2544   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2545   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2546                                 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2547   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2548                                       const AttributeList *AttrList);
2549 
2550   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2551 
2552   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2553   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2554                             const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2555   bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2556   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2557                                       unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2558                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0);
2559 
2560   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2561 
2562   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2563   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2564   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2565   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2566 
2567   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2568   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2569   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2570 
2571   /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2572   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2573                                    SourceRange Range);
2574 
2575   void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2576                            bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2577   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2578                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2579                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2580 
2581   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2582                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2583                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2584 
2585   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2586   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2587   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2588                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2589                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2590 
2591   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2592   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2593 
2594   /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2595   /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2596   void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2597                                ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2598                                bool& IncompleteImpl,
2599                                const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2600                                const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2601                                ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2602 
2603   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2604   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2605   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2606                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2607                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2608 
2609   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2610   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2611   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2612                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2613                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2614 
2615   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2616   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2617   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2618                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2619 
2620   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2621   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2622   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2623                                     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2624   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2625 
2626   /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2627   /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2628   void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2629             llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2630             llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2631 
2632   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2633   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2634   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2635   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2636                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2637 
2638   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2639   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2640   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S);
2641 
2642   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2643   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2644   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2645   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2646                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2647 
2648   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2649   /// class extensions.
2650   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2651                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2652                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2653                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2654                       Selector GetterSel,
2655                       Selector SetterSel,
2656                       const bool isAssign,
2657                       const bool isReadWrite,
2658                       const unsigned Attributes,
2659                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2660                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2661                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2662                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2663 
2664   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2665   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2666   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2667                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2668                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
2669                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2670                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
2671                                        Selector GetterSel,
2672                                        Selector SetterSel,
2673                                        const bool isAssign,
2674                                        const bool isReadWrite,
2675                                        const unsigned Attributes,
2676                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2677                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
2678                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2679                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2680 
2681   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2682   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2683   /// setter or getter.
2684   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2685                                        ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2686 
2687   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2688 
2689   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2690 
2691   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2692     MMS_loose,
2693     MMS_strict
2694   };
2695 
2696   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2697   /// true, or false, accordingly.
2698   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2699                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2700                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2701 
2702   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2703   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2704   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2705                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2706                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2707                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2708                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2709                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2710                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
2711                                   bool ImmediateClass,
2712                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2713 
2714   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2715   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2716   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2717   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2718 
2719   /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2720   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2721 
2722 private:
2723   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2724   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2725   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2726 
2727   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2728   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2729   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2730                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
2731                                            bool warn, bool instance);
2732 
2733   /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2734   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2735                                   bool RecordFailure = true,
2736                                   bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
2737     if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
2738       (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
2739     if (RecordFailure)
2740       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2741     return TypoCorrection();
2742   }
2743 
2744 public:
2745   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2746   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2747   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2748   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2749   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2750     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2751   }
2752 
2753   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2754   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2755     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2756   }
2757 
2758   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2759   /// pool.
2760   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2761 
2762   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2763   /// there are multiple signatures.
2764   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2765                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2766                                                    bool warn=true) {
2767     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2768                                     warn, /*instance*/true);
2769   }
2770 
2771   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2772   /// there are multiple signatures.
2773   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2774                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2775                                                   bool warn=true) {
2776     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2777                                     warn, /*instance*/false);
2778   }
2779 
2780   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2781                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2782 
2783   /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2784   /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2785   /// have mismathched types.
2786   void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2787 
2788   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2789   /// implementation.
2790   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2791 
2792   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2793   /// initialization.
2794   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2795                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2796 
2797   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2798   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2799 public:
2800   class FullExprArg {
2801   public:
2802     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2803 
2804     // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2805     // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2806     // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2807     FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2808 
2809     ExprResult release() {
2810       return E;
2811     }
2812 
2813     Expr *get() const { return E; }
2814 
2815     Expr *operator->() {
2816       return E;
2817     }
2818 
2819   private:
2820     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2821     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2822     friend class Sema;
2823 
2824     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2825 
2826     Expr *E;
2827   };
2828 
2829   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2830     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2831   }
2832   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2833     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2834   }
2835   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2836     ExprResult FE =
2837       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2838                           /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2839     return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2840   }
2841 
2842   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2843   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2844 
2845   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2846                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2847 
2848   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2849   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2850   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2851                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2852 
2853   /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2854   class CompoundScopeRAII {
2855   public:
2856     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2857       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2858     }
2859 
2860     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2861       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2862     }
2863 
2864   private:
2865     Sema &S;
2866   };
2867 
2868   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2869                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
2870                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
2871   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2872   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2873   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2874                                    SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2875                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2876   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2877 
2878   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2879                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2880                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2881   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2882                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2883 
2884   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2885                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2886                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
2887 
2888   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2889                          FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2890                          Stmt *ThenVal,
2891                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2892   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2893                                             Expr *Cond,
2894                                             Decl *CondVar);
2895   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2896                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2897   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2898                             FullExprArg Cond,
2899                             Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2900   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2901                                  SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2902                                  SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2903                                  SourceLocation CondRParen);
2904 
2905   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2906                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2907                           Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2908                           Decl *SecondVar,
2909                           FullExprArg Third,
2910                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2911                           Stmt *Body);
2912   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2913                                            Expr *collection);
2914   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2915                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2916                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2917   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2918 
2919   enum BuildForRangeKind {
2920     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2921     BFRK_Build,
2922     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2923     /// attempt any typo-correction.
2924     BFRK_Rebuild,
2925     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2926     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2927     BFRK_Check
2928   };
2929 
2930   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2931                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2932                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2933                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2934   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2935                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2936                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2937                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2938                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2939                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2940                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2941   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2942 
2943   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2944                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2945                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2946   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2947                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
2948                                    Expr *DestExp);
2949   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2950   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2951 
2952   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2953                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2954   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2955   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2956   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2957                                            SourceLocation Loc,
2958                                            unsigned NumParams);
2959   const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2960                                          bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2961 
2962   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2963   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2964 
2965   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2966                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2967                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2968                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2969                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2970                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2971 
2972   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2973                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2974                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
2975                                        InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2976                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2977   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2978                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2979   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2980                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2981                             StringRef AsmString,
2982                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2983                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2984                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2985                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2986                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
2987 
2988   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2989                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2990                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2991                                   bool Invalid = false);
2992 
2993   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2994 
2995   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2996                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2997 
2998   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2999 
3000   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3001                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3002 
3003   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3004   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3005                                   Scope *CurScope);
3006   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3007                                             Expr *operand);
3008   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3009                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
3010                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
3011 
3012   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3013 
3014   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3015                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
3016                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
3017                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
3018 
3019   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3020 
3021   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3022                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3023   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3024                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3025 
3026   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3027                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3028                               Stmt *Handler);
3029 
3030   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3031                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
3032                                  Stmt *Block);
3033 
3034   StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3035                                   Stmt *Block);
3036 
3037   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3038 
3039   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3040 
3041   /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3042   /// of it.
3043   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3044 
3045   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3046   /// whose result is unused, warn.
3047   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3048   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3049 
3050   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3051   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3052   ///
3053   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3054   ///     if (condition);
3055   ///       do_stuff();
3056   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3057                              const Stmt *Body,
3058                              unsigned DiagID);
3059 
3060   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3061   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3062   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3063                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3064 
3065   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3066     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3067   }
3068   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3069 
3070   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3071   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3072     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3073   }
3074   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3075     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3076   }
3077 
3078   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3079 
3080   void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3081                               SourceLocation Loc,
3082                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3083                               const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3084 
3085   void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3086 
3087   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3088                                      StringRef message);
3089 
3090   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3091   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3092 
3093   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3094   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3095                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3096   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3097   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3098   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3099                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3100                                         SourceLocation Loc);
3101   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3102                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3103 
3104   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3105                                        Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3106                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
3107   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3108   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3109                                        ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3110                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
3111   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3112 
3113   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3114 
3115   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3116   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3117 
3118   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3119 
3120   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3121   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3122   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3123   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3124   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3125   // named expressions.
3126   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3127   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3128   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3129   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3130   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3131 
3132   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3133   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3134 
3135   enum TryCaptureKind {
3136     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3137   };
3138 
3139   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3140   ///
3141   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3142   ///
3143   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3144   ///
3145   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3146   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3147   ///
3148   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3149   /// an explicit lambda capture.
3150   ///
3151   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3152   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3153   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3154   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3155   ///
3156   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3157   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3158   /// variable can be captured.
3159   ///
3160   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3161   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3162   /// captured.
3163   ///
3164   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3165   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3166   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3167   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3168   /// a nested generic lambda.
3169   ///
3170   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3171   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3172   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3173                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3174                           QualType &CaptureType,
3175                           QualType &DeclRefType,
3176                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3177 
3178   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3179   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3180                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3181                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3182 
3183   /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3184   /// variable will have in the given scope.
3185   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3186 
3187   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3188   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3189                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3190 
3191   /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3192   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3193   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3194   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3195                             bool ForceComplain = false,
3196                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3197 
3198   /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3199   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3200                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3201 
3202   /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3203   /// evaluation context.
3204   ///
3205   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3206   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3207   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3208   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3209   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3210                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3211 
3212   // Primary Expressions.
3213   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3214 
3215   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3216                                SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3217                                UnqualifiedId &Id,
3218                                bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3219                                CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3220                                bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3221 
3222   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3223                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3224                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3225                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3226 
3227   bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3228                            CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3229                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3230                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3231 
3232   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3233                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
3234                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3235 
3236   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3237                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3238                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3239                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
3240                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3241 
3242   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3243                               ExprValueKind VK,
3244                               SourceLocation Loc,
3245                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3246   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3247                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3248                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
3249                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3250   ExprResult
3251   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3252       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3253       SourceLocation nameLoc,
3254       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3255       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none),
3256       Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3257       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3258 
3259   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3260                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3261                                              LookupResult &R,
3262                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3263   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3264                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3265                                      LookupResult &R,
3266                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3267                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3268   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3269                                   const LookupResult &R,
3270                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3271 
3272   ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3273                                          const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3274                                                bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3275   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3276                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3277                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3278                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3279 
3280   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3281                                       LookupResult &R,
3282                                       bool NeedsADL);
3283   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3284       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3285       NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3286 
3287   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3288                                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3289                                       ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3290                                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3291                             TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3292 
3293   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3294                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3295   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3296   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3297   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3298   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3299   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3300   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3301                                 SourceLocation R,
3302                                 MultiExprArg Val);
3303 
3304   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3305   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3306   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3307                                 Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3308 
3309   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3310                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3311                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3312                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3313                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3314                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3315   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3316                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3317                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3318                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
3319                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3320                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3321 
3322   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3323   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3324                                   Expr *InputExpr);
3325   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3326                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3327   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3328                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3329 
3330   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3331 
3332   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3333                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
3334                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3335                                             SourceRange R);
3336   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3337                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3338   ExprResult
3339     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3340                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3341                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3342                                   const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3343 
3344   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3345   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3346 
3347   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3348   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3349                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
3350                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3351   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3352                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
3353                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
3354                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
3355                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3356   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3357                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3358 
3359   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3360                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3361   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3362                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3363 
3364   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3365                                       SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3366                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3367                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3368                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3369                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3370                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3371 
3372   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3373   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3374   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3375   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3376   // defines a custom operator->).
3377   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3378     Scope *S;
3379     UnqualifiedId &Id;
3380     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3381     bool HasTrailingLParen;
3382   };
3383 
3384   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3385                                       SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3386                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3387                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3388                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3389                                       LookupResult &R,
3390                                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3391                                       bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3392                                      ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3393 
3394   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3395   ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3396                               bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3397                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3398                               Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3399                               bool HasTemplateArgs);
3400 
3401   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3402                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3403                                      const LookupResult &R);
3404 
3405   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3406                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3407                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3408                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3409                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3410                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3411                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3412 
3413   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3414                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
3415                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3416                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3417                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3418                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
3419                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3420                                    bool HasTrailingLParen);
3421 
3422   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3423   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3424                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3425                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3426                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3427                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3428                                bool ExecConfig = false);
3429   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3430                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
3431                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3432 
3433   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3434   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3435   /// locations.
3436   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3437                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3438                            Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3439   ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3440                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3441                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3442                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3443                                    Expr *Config = 0,
3444                                    bool IsExecConfig = false);
3445 
3446   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3447                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3448                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3449 
3450   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3451                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3452                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3453   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3454                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3455                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3456                                  Expr *Op);
3457   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3458 
3459   /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3460   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3461                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3462                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3463 
3464   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3465 
3466   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3467                                   ParsedType Ty,
3468                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3469                                   Expr *InitExpr);
3470 
3471   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3472                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3473                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3474                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
3475 
3476   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3477                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3478                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3479 
3480   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3481                                         SourceLocation Loc,
3482                                         bool GNUSyntax,
3483                                         ExprResult Init);
3484 
3485   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3486                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3487   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3488                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3489   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3490                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3491 
3492   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3493   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3494   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3495                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3496                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3497 
3498   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3499   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3500                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3501 
3502   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3503   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3504                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3505   void ActOnStmtExprError();
3506 
3507   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3508   struct OffsetOfComponent {
3509     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3510     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3511     union {
3512       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3513       Expr *E;
3514     } U;
3515   };
3516 
3517   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3518   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3519                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3520                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3521                                   unsigned NumComponents,
3522                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3523   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3524                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3525                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3526                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3527                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3528                                   unsigned NumComponents,
3529                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3530 
3531   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3532   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3533                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3534                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3535 
3536   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3537   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3538                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
3539   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3540                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3541 
3542   // __null
3543   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3544 
3545   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3546 
3547   /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3548   enum IfExistsResult {
3549     /// \brief The symbol exists.
3550     IER_Exists,
3551 
3552     /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3553     IER_DoesNotExist,
3554 
3555     /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3556     /// from one instantiation to the next.
3557     IER_Dependent,
3558 
3559     /// \brief An error occurred.
3560     IER_Error
3561   };
3562 
3563   IfExistsResult
3564   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3565                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3566 
3567   IfExistsResult
3568   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3569                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3570                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
3571 
3572   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3573                                         bool IsIfExists,
3574                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3575                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3576                                         Stmt *Nested);
3577   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3578                                         bool IsIfExists,
3579                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3580                                         Stmt *Nested);
3581 
3582   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3583 
3584   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3585   /// started.
3586   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3587 
3588   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3589   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3590   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3591                            Scope *CurScope);
3592 
3593   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3594   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3595   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3596 
3597   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3598   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3599   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3600                                 Scope *CurScope);
3601 
3602   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3603 
3604   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3605   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3606                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3607                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3608 
3609   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3610 
3611   /// __builtin_astype(...)
3612   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3613                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3614                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3615 
3616   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3617 
3618   // Act on C++ namespaces
3619   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3620                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3621                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3622                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3623                                SourceLocation LBrace,
3624                                AttributeList *AttrList);
3625   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3626 
3627   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3628   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3629 
3630   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3631 
3632   /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3633   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3634   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3635 
3636   /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3637   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3638   ///
3639   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3640   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3641 
3642   /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3643   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3644   bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3645 
3646   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3647                             SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3648                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3649                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3650                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3651                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3652                             AttributeList *AttrList);
3653 
3654   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3655 
3656   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3657                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3658                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3659                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3660                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3661                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3662                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3663 
3664   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3665   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3666                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3667                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3668   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3669                                         NamedDecl *Target,
3670                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3671 
3672   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3673                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3674                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3675                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
3676                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
3677   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3678                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3679                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
3680 
3681   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3682                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3683                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3684                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3685                                    AttributeList *AttrList,
3686                                    bool IsInstantiation,
3687                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3688                                    SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3689 
3690   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3691 
3692   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3693                               AccessSpecifier AS,
3694                               bool HasUsingKeyword,
3695                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3696                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3697                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
3698                               AttributeList *AttrList,
3699                               bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3700                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3701   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3702                               AccessSpecifier AS,
3703                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3704                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3705                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
3706                               AttributeList *AttrList,
3707                               TypeResult Type);
3708 
3709   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3710   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3711   ///
3712   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3713   ExprResult
3714   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3715                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3716                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3717                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3718                         SourceRange ParenRange);
3719 
3720   // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3721   // the constructor can be elidable?
3722   ExprResult
3723   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3724                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3725                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3726                         bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3727                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3728 
3729   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3730   /// the default expr if needed.
3731   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3732                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
3733                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
3734 
3735   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3736   /// constructed variable.
3737   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3738 
3739   /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3740   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3741   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3742     // Pointer to allow copying
3743     Sema *Self;
3744     // We order exception specifications thus:
3745     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3746     // throw() comes next.
3747     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3748     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3749     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3750     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3751     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3752     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3753 
3754     void ClearExceptions() {
3755       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3756       Exceptions.clear();
3757     }
3758 
3759   public:
3760     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3761       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3762       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3763         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3764     }
3765 
3766     /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3767     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3768       assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3769              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3770       return ComputedEST;
3771     }
3772 
3773     /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3774     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3775 
3776     /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3777     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3778 
3779     /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3780     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3781 
3782     /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3783     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3784 
3785     /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3786     /// computed exception specification.
3787     void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3788       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3789       if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3790         EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3791         EPI.Exceptions = data();
3792       } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3793         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3794         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3795         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3796         EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3797         EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3798                                                      tok::kw_false).take();
3799       }
3800     }
3801     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3802       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3803       getEPI(EPI);
3804       return EPI;
3805     }
3806   };
3807 
3808   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3809   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3810   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3811   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3812                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3813 
3814   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3815   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3816   /// will be const.
3817   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3818   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3819 
3820   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3821   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3822   /// parameter will be const.
3823   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3824   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3825 
3826   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3827   /// constructor of a class will have.
3828   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3829   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3830 
3831   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3832   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3833   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3834   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3835 
3836   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3837   /// destructor of a class will have.
3838   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3839   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3840 
3841   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3842   /// constructor of a class will have.
3843   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3844   ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3845 
3846   /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3847   /// special member function.
3848   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3849 
3850   /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3851   /// extended prototype information with the results.
3852   void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3853                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3854                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3855                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3856                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3857                                    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3858 
3859   /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3860   /// definition when it is defaulted.
3861   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3862                                  bool Diagnose = false);
3863 
3864   /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3865   ///
3866   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3867   /// default constructor will be added.
3868   ///
3869   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3870   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3871                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3872 
3873   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3874   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3875   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3876                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3877 
3878   /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3879   ///
3880   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3881   /// destructor will be added.
3882   ///
3883   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3884   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3885 
3886   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3887   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3888   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3889                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3890 
3891   /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3892   ///
3893   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3894   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3895   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3896                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3897 
3898   /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3899   ///
3900   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3901   /// constructors will be added.
3902   void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3903 
3904   /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3905   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3906                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3907 
3908   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3909   ///
3910   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3911   /// copy constructor will be added.
3912   ///
3913   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3914   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3915 
3916   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3917   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3918   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3919                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3920 
3921   /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3922   ///
3923   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3924   /// move constructor will be added.
3925   ///
3926   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3927   /// declared.
3928   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3929 
3930   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3931   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3932   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3933                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3934 
3935   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3936   ///
3937   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3938   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3939   ///
3940   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3941   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3942 
3943   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3944   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3945                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3946 
3947   /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3948   ///
3949   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3950   /// move assignment operator will be added.
3951   ///
3952   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3953   /// wasn't declared.
3954   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3955 
3956   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3957   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3958                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3959 
3960   /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3961   /// class.
3962   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3963 
3964   /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3965   /// special member function.
3966   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3967 
3968   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3969   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3970   ///
3971   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3972   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3973 
3974   /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3975   /// member function.
3976   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3977 
3978   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3979   /// static member function.
3980   ///
3981   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3982   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3983 
3984   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3985   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3986   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3987   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3988 
3989   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3990                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3991                                SourceLocation Loc,
3992                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3993                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
3994                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
3995 
3996   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3997                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
3998                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
3999 
4000   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4001                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4002                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4003                                ParsedType ObjectType,
4004                                bool EnteringContext);
4005 
4006   ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4007 
4008   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4009   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4010                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4011 
4012   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4013   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4014                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
4015                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4016                                Declarator &D,
4017                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4018                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4019                                Expr *E,
4020                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4021 
4022   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4023                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
4024                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4025                                Expr *E,
4026                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4027                                SourceRange Parens);
4028 
4029   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4030                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4031                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4032                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4033   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4034                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4035                             Expr *Operand,
4036                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4037 
4038   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4039   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4040                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4041                             void *TyOrExpr,
4042                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4043 
4044   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4045                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4046                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4047                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4048   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4049                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4050                             Expr *Operand,
4051                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4052 
4053   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4054   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4055                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4056                             void *TyOrExpr,
4057                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4058 
4059 
4060   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4061   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4062 
4063   /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4064   ///
4065   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4066   QualType getCurrentThisType();
4067 
4068   /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4069   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4070   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4071   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4072 
4073   /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4074   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4075   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4076     Sema &S;
4077     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4078     bool Enabled;
4079 
4080   public:
4081     /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4082     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4083     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4084     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4085     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4086                      bool Enabled = true);
4087 
4088     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4089   };
4090 
4091   /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4092   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4093   ///
4094   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4095   ///
4096   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4097   /// capture list.
4098   ///
4099   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4100   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4101   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4102   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4103   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4104   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4105   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4106   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4107       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4108       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = 0);
4109 
4110   /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4111   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4112   /// being defined.
4113   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4114 
4115   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4116   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4117 
4118 
4119   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4120   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4121 
4122   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4123   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4124 
4125   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4126   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4127   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4128                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4129   ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4130                                   bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4131 
4132   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4133   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4134   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4135   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4136   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4137                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4138                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
4139                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4140 
4141   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4142                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4143                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
4144                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4145 
4146   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4147   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4148                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4149                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4150                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4151                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4152                          Expr *Initializer);
4153   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4154                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4155                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4156                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4157                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4158                          QualType AllocType,
4159                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4160                          Expr *ArraySize,
4161                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4162                          Expr *Initializer,
4163                          bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4164 
4165   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4166                           SourceRange R);
4167   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4168                                bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4169                                MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4170                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4171                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4172   bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4173                               DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4174                               DeclContext *Ctx,
4175                               bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4176                               bool Diagnose = true);
4177   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4178   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4179                                        QualType Param1,
4180                                        QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4181                                        bool addMallocAttr = false);
4182 
4183   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4184                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4185                                 bool Diagnose = true);
4186   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4187                                               bool CanProvideSize,
4188                                               DeclarationName Name);
4189 
4190   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4191   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4192                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4193                             Expr *Operand);
4194 
4195   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4196   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4197                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4198                                     bool ConvertToBoolean);
4199 
4200   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4201                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4202   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4203                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4204 
4205   /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4206   /// pseudo-functions.
4207   ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4208                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4209                                  ParsedType Ty,
4210                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4211 
4212   ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4213                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4214                                  TypeSourceInfo *T,
4215                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4216 
4217   /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4218   /// pseudo-functions.
4219   ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4220                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4221                                   ParsedType LhsTy,
4222                                   ParsedType RhsTy,
4223                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4224 
4225   ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4226                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4227                                   TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4228                                   TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4229                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4230 
4231   /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4232   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4233                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4234                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4235   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4236                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4237                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4238 
4239   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4240   /// pseudo-functions.
4241   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4242                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4243                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4244                                  Expr *DimExpr,
4245                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4246 
4247   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4248                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4249                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4250                                  Expr *DimExpr,
4251                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4252 
4253   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4254   /// pseudo-functions.
4255   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4256                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4257                                   Expr *Queried,
4258                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4259 
4260   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4261                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4262                                   Expr *Queried,
4263                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4264 
4265   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4266                                           Expr *Base,
4267                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
4268                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4269                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
4270                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4271 
4272   ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4273 
4274   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4275                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4276                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4277                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4278                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4279                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
4280                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4281                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4282                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
4283 
4284   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4285                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4286                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4287                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4288                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4289                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
4290                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4291                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4292                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
4293 
4294   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4295                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4296                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4297                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4298                                        const DeclSpec& DS,
4299                                        bool HasTrailingLParen);
4300 
4301   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4302   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4303   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4304   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4305   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4306   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4307 
4308   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4309     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4310                                           : SourceLocation());
4311   }
4312   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4313                                  bool DiscardedValue = false,
4314                                  bool IsConstexpr = false);
4315   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4316 
4317   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4318   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4319 
4320   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4321   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4322                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
4323   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4324   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4325 
4326   /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4327   ///
4328   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4329   ///
4330   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4331   ///
4332   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4333   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4334   ///
4335   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4336   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4337                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4338 
4339   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4340   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4341 
4342   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4343                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4344                                     IdentifierInfo &II,
4345                                     ParsedType ObjectType);
4346 
4347   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4348                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4349                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4350                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4351                                    QualType ObjectType,
4352                                    bool EnteringContext,
4353                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4354                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4355                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4356 
4357   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4358   ///
4359   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4360   ///
4361   /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4362   ///
4363   /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4364   ///
4365   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4366   ///
4367   /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4368   /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4369   ///
4370   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4371   /// this nested-name-specifier.
4372   ///
4373   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4374   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4375   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4376   /// including this new type).
4377   ///
4378   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4379   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4380                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4381                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4382                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4383                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
4384                                    bool EnteringContext,
4385                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4386 
4387   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4388 
4389   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4390                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
4391                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4392 
4393   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4394                                  IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4395                                  SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4396                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4397                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4398                                  bool EnteringContext);
4399 
4400   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4401   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4402   ///
4403   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4404   ///
4405   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4406   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4407   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4408   /// including this new type).
4409   ///
4410   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4411   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4412   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4413   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4414   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4415   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4416   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4417   ///
4418   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4419   /// nested-name-specifier.
4420   ///
4421   ///
4422   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4423   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4424                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4425                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4426                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
4427                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4428                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4429                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4430                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4431                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4432                                    bool EnteringContext);
4433 
4434   /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4435   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4436   /// nested-name-specifier.
4437   ///
4438   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4439   ///
4440   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4441   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4442   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4443 
4444   /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4445   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4446   ///
4447   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4448   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4449   ///
4450   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4451   ///
4452   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4453   /// of the annotation pointer.
4454   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4455                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4456                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4457 
4458   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4459 
4460   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4461   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4462   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4463   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4464   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4465   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4466   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4467 
4468   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4469   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4470   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4471   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4472   /// defining scope.
4473   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4474 
4475   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4476   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4477   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4478   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4479   /// class X.
4480   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4481 
4482   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4483   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4484   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4485 
4486   /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4487   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4488                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4489                                          bool KnownDependent,
4490                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4491 
4492   /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4493   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4494                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4495                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4496                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
4497                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4498 
4499   /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4500   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4501                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4502                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4503                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4504                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4505                         bool ExplicitParams,
4506                         bool ExplicitResultType,
4507                         bool Mutable);
4508 
4509   /// \brief Check an init-capture and build the implied variable declaration
4510   /// with the specified name and initializer.
4511   VarDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4512                             IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4513 
4514   /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4515   FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4516 
4517   /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4518   /// given lambda.
4519   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4520 
4521   /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4522   void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4523 
4524   /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4525   /// statements present in the body.
4526   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4527 
4528   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4529   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4530   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4531   /// lambda.
4532   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4533                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4534 
4535   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4536   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4537   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4538                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
4539 
4540   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4541   /// was successfully completed.
4542   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4543                              Scope *CurScope,
4544                              bool IsInstantiation = false);
4545 
4546   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4547   /// function pointer.
4548   ///
4549   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4550   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4551   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4552   /// block pointer conversion.
4553   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4554          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4555 
4556   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4557   /// block pointer.
4558   ///
4559   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4560   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4561   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4562   /// block pointer conversion.
4563   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4564                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4565 
4566   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4567                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4568                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4569                                            Expr *Src);
4570 
4571   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4572   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4573                                     Expr **Strings,
4574                                     unsigned NumStrings);
4575 
4576   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4577 
4578   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4579   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4580   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4581   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4582   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4583                                   bool Value);
4584   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4585 
4586   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4587   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4588   /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4589   /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4590   /// "char *" or "const char *".
4591   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4592 
4593   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4594                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
4595                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4596                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4597 
4598   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4599                                         ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4600                                         unsigned NumElements);
4601 
4602   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4603                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4604                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4605   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4606                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4607                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4608 
4609   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4610                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4611                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4612                                        ParsedType Ty,
4613                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4614 
4615   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4616   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4617                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
4618                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
4619                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4620                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4621 
4622   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4623   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4624                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
4625                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4626                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4627                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4628                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4629 
4630   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4631   // C++ Declarations
4632   //
4633   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4634                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4635                                        SourceLocation LangLoc,
4636                                        StringRef Lang,
4637                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4638   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4639                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
4640                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4641 
4642 
4643   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4644   // C++ Classes
4645   //
4646   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4647                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4648   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4649 
4650   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4651                             SourceLocation ASLoc,
4652                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4653                             AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4654 
4655   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4656                                  Declarator &D,
4657                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4658                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4659                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4660   void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4661                                         Expr *Init);
4662 
4663   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4664                                     Scope *S,
4665                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4666                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4667                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4668                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4669                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4670                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4671                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4672                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4673                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4674 
4675   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4676                                     Scope *S,
4677                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4678                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4679                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4680                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4681                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4682                                     Expr *InitList,
4683                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4684 
4685   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4686                                     Scope *S,
4687                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4688                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4689                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4690                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4691                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4692                                     Expr *Init,
4693                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4694 
4695   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4696                                        Expr *Init,
4697                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
4698 
4699   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4700                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4701                                      Expr *Init,
4702                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4703                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4704 
4705   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4706                                            Expr *Init,
4707                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4708 
4709   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4710                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4711 
4712   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4713                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4714 
4715   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4716 
4717 
4718   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4719   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4720   /// referenced.
4721   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4722                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4723 
4724   /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4725   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4726   /// first use occurred.
4727   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4728 
4729   /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4730   /// materialized.
4731   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4732 
4733   /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4734   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4735   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4736   /// by code generation).
4737   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4738 
4739   /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4740   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4741 
4742   typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4743                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4744     DynamicClassesType;
4745 
4746   /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4747   /// unit.
4748   DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4749 
4750   /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4751   /// given location.
4752   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4753                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4754 
4755   /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4756   /// in the given class as needed.
4757   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4758                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4759 
4760   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4761   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4762   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4763                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4764 
4765   /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4766   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4767   /// vtables.
4768   ///
4769   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4770   bool DefineUsedVTables();
4771 
4772   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4773 
4774   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4775                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4776                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4777                             bool AnyErrors);
4778 
4779   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4780   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4781                                          Decl *TagDecl,
4782                                          SourceLocation LBrac,
4783                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
4784                                          AttributeList *AttrList);
4785   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4786 
4787   void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4788   void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4789   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4790   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4791   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4792   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4793   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4794   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4795   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4796                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
4797   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4798   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4799 
4800   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4801                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
4802                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4803                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4804   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4805                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
4806                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4807                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4808                                      bool Failed);
4809 
4810   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4811                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4812                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4813   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4814                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4815   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4816                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4817 
4818   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4819                                       StorageClass& SC);
4820   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4821   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4822                                      StorageClass& SC);
4823   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4824   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4825                                  StorageClass& SC);
4826   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4827 
4828   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4829   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4830                                                    const FunctionProtoType *T);
4831   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4832 
4833   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4834   // C++ Derived Classes
4835   //
4836 
4837   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4838   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4839                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4840                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4841                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4842                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4843 
4844   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4845                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4846                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4847                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4848                                 ParsedType basetype,
4849                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4850                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4851 
4852   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4853                             unsigned NumBases);
4854   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4855                            unsigned NumBases);
4856 
4857   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4858   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4859 
4860   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4861   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4862 
4863   bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4864 
4865   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4866                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4867                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4868                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4869   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4870                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4871                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4872                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4873                                     DeclarationName Name,
4874                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4875 
4876   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4877 
4878   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4879                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4880 
4881   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4882   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4883   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4884                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4885 
4886   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4887   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4888   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4889                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4890 
4891   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4892 
4893   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4894   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
4895 
4896   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4897   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4898   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4899   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4900                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4901 
4902 
4903   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4904   // C++ Access Control
4905   //
4906 
4907   enum AccessResult {
4908     AR_accessible,
4909     AR_inaccessible,
4910     AR_dependent,
4911     AR_delayed
4912   };
4913 
4914   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4915                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4916                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4917 
4918   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4919                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4920   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4921                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4922   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4923                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
4924                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4925                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4926                                      bool Diagnose = true);
4927   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4928                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4929                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4930                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
4931                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4932   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4933                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4934                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4935                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
4936                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4937   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4938                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4939                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4940                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
4941   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4942   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4943                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4944                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
4945   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4946                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
4947                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
4948                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4949   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4950                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4951   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4952                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4953                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
4954                                     unsigned DiagID,
4955                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
4956                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4957   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4958   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4959   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4960                                             AccessSpecifier access,
4961                                             QualType objectType);
4962 
4963   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4964                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4965   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4966                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4967 
4968   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4969 
4970   /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4971   /// failures rather than hard errors.
4972   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4973 
4974   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4975     AbstractNone = -1,
4976     AbstractReturnType,
4977     AbstractParamType,
4978     AbstractVariableType,
4979     AbstractFieldType,
4980     AbstractIvarType,
4981     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4982     AbstractArrayType
4983   };
4984 
4985   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4986                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4987   template<typename T1>
4988   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4989                               unsigned DiagID,
4990                               const T1 &Arg1) {
4991     BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4992     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4993   }
4994 
4995   template<typename T1, typename T2>
4996   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4997                               unsigned DiagID,
4998                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4999     BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5000     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5001   }
5002 
5003   template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
5004   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5005                               unsigned DiagID,
5006                               const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5007     BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5008     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5009   }
5010 
5011   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5012 
5013   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5014                               AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5015 
5016   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5017   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5018   //
5019 
5020   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5021 
5022   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5023 
5024   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5025   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5026   //
5027   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5028                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5029   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5030                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5031 
5032   void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5033                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5034                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5035 
5036   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5037                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5038                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5039                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
5040                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
5041                                   bool EnteringContext,
5042                                   TemplateTy &Template,
5043                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5044 
5045   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5046                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
5047                                    Scope *S,
5048                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5049                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5050                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5051 
5052   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5053   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5054 
5055   Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
5056                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5057                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5058                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5059                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5060                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5061                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5062                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
5063 
5064   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5065   Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5066                                       unsigned Depth,
5067                                       unsigned Position,
5068                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5069                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
5070   Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5071                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5072                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
5073                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5074                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5075                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5076                                        unsigned Depth,
5077                                        unsigned Position,
5078                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5079                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5080 
5081   TemplateParameterList *
5082   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5083                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5084                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5085                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5086                              Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5087                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5088 
5089   /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5090   enum TemplateParamListContext {
5091     TPC_ClassTemplate,
5092     TPC_VarTemplate,
5093     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5094     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5095     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5096     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5097     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5098     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5099   };
5100 
5101   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5102                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5103                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5104   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5105       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5106       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5107       bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5108 
5109   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5110                                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5111                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5112                                 AttributeList *Attr,
5113                                 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5114                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
5115                                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5116                                 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5117                             TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5118 
5119   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5120                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5121 
5122   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5123 
5124   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5125                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5126                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5127 
5128   TypeResult
5129   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5130                       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5131                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5132                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5133                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5134                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5135 
5136   /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5137   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5138   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5139                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5140                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
5141                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5142                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5143                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
5144                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5145                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5146                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5147                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5148 
5149   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5150       Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5151       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5152       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5153 
5154   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5155                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5156                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5157                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5158 
5159   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5160                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5161                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5162                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5163                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5164 
5165   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5166                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5167                                  LookupResult &R,
5168                                  bool RequiresADL,
5169                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5170 
5171   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5172                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5173                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5174                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5175 
5176   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5177                                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5178                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5179                                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
5180                                               ParsedType ObjectType,
5181                                               bool EnteringContext,
5182                                               TemplateTy &Template);
5183 
5184   DeclResult
5185   ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5186                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
5187                                    SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5188                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5189                                    TemplateTy Template,
5190                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5191                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5192                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5193                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5194                                    AttributeList *Attr,
5195                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5196 
5197   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5198                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5199                                 Declarator &D);
5200 
5201   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5202                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5203                                         Declarator &D);
5204 
5205   bool
5206   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5207                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5208                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5209                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5210                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5211                                          bool &SuppressNew);
5212 
5213   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5214                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5215                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
5216 
5217   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5218                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5219                                            LookupResult &Previous);
5220   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5221 
5222   DeclResult
5223   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5224                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5225                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5226                              unsigned TagSpec,
5227                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
5228                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5229                              TemplateTy Template,
5230                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5231                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5232                              ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5233                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5234                              AttributeList *Attr);
5235 
5236   DeclResult
5237   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5238                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5239                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5240                              unsigned TagSpec,
5241                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
5242                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5243                              IdentifierInfo *Name,
5244                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
5245                              AttributeList *Attr);
5246 
5247   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5248                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5249                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5250                                         Declarator &D);
5251 
5252   TemplateArgumentLoc
5253   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5254                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5255                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5256                                           Decl *Param,
5257                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5258                                             &Converted,
5259                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
5260 
5261   /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5262   /// argument is being checked.
5263   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5264     /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5265     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5266     CTAK_Specified,
5267 
5268     /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5269     /// deduction.
5270     CTAK_Deduced,
5271 
5272     /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5273     /// via template argument deduction.
5274     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5275   };
5276 
5277   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5278                              const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5279                              NamedDecl *Template,
5280                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5281                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5282                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5283                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5284                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5285 
5286   /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5287   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5288   ///
5289   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5290   /// provided.
5291   ///
5292   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5293   ///
5294   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5295   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5296   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5297   /// arguments.
5298   ///
5299   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5300   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5301   /// set of template arguments.
5302   ///
5303   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5304   /// arguments.
5305   ///
5306   ///
5307   /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5308   /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5309   /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5310   ///
5311   /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5312   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5313                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5314                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5315                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5316                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5317                                  bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5318 
5319   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5320                                  const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5321                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5322 
5323   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5324                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5325   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5326                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5327                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
5328                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5329   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5330                              const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5331                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5332 
5333   ExprResult
5334   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5335                                           QualType ParamType,
5336                                           SourceLocation Loc);
5337   ExprResult
5338   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5339                                               SourceLocation Loc);
5340 
5341   /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5342   /// for equality.
5343   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5344     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5345     /// that might be redeclarations.
5346     ///
5347     /// \code
5348     /// template<typename T> struct X;
5349     /// template<typename T> struct X;
5350     /// \endcode
5351     TPL_TemplateMatch,
5352 
5353     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5354     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5355     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5356     ///
5357     /// \code
5358     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5359     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5360     /// \endcode
5361     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5362 
5363     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5364     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5365     /// template parameter.
5366     ///
5367     /// \code
5368     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5369     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5370     /// X<integer_c> xic;
5371     /// \endcode
5372     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5373   };
5374 
5375   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5376                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
5377                                       bool Complain,
5378                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5379                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5380                                         = SourceLocation());
5381 
5382   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5383 
5384   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5385   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5386   ///
5387   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5388   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5389   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5390   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5391   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5392   TypeResult
5393   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5394                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5395                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
5396 
5397   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5398   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5399   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5400   ///
5401   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5402   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5403   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5404   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5405   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5406   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5407   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5408   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5409   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5410   TypeResult
5411   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5412                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5413                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5414                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
5415                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5416                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5417                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5418                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5419 
5420   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5421                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5422                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5423                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
5424                              SourceLocation IILoc);
5425 
5426   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5427                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
5428                                                     DeclarationName Name);
5429   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5430 
5431   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5432   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5433                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5434 
5435   std::string
5436   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5437                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5438 
5439   std::string
5440   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5441                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
5442                                   unsigned NumArgs);
5443 
5444   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5445   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5446   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5447 
5448   /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5449   /// being diagnosed.
5450   ///
5451   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5452   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5453   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5454     /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5455     UPPC_Expression = 0,
5456 
5457     /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5458     UPPC_BaseType,
5459 
5460     /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5461     UPPC_DeclarationType,
5462 
5463     /// \brief The type of a data member.
5464     UPPC_DataMemberType,
5465 
5466     /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5467     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5468 
5469     /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5470     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5471 
5472     /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5473     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5474 
5475     /// \brief The enumerator value.
5476     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5477 
5478     /// \brief A using declaration.
5479     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5480 
5481     /// \brief A friend declaration.
5482     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5483 
5484     /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5485     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5486 
5487     /// \brief An initializer.
5488     UPPC_Initializer,
5489 
5490     /// \brief A default argument.
5491     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5492 
5493     /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5494     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5495 
5496     /// \brief The type of an exception.
5497     UPPC_ExceptionType,
5498 
5499     /// \brief Partial specialization.
5500     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5501 
5502     /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5503     UPPC_IfExists,
5504 
5505     /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5506     UPPC_IfNotExists,
5507 
5508     /// \brief Lambda expression.
5509     UPPC_Lambda,
5510 
5511     /// \brief Block expression,
5512     UPPC_Block
5513   };
5514 
5515   /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5516   ///
5517   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5518   ///
5519   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5520   /// parameter packs.
5521   ///
5522   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5523   ///
5524   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5525   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5526                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5527                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5528 
5529   /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5530   /// diagnose the error.
5531   ///
5532   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5533   ///
5534   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5535   /// packs.
5536   ///
5537   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5538   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5539                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5540 
5541   /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5542   /// pack, diagnose the error.
5543   ///
5544   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5545   /// parameter packs.
5546   ///
5547   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5548   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5549                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5550 
5551   /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5552   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5553   ///
5554   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5555   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5556   ///
5557   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5558   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5559                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5560 
5561   /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5562   /// diagnose the error.
5563   ///
5564   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5565   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5566   ///
5567   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5568   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5569                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5570 
5571   /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5572   /// diagnose the error.
5573   ///
5574   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5575   ///
5576   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5577   /// parameter packs.
5578   ///
5579   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5580   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5581                                        TemplateName Template,
5582                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5583 
5584   /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5585   /// pack, diagnose the error.
5586   ///
5587   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5588   /// parameter packs.
5589   ///
5590   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5591   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5592                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5593 
5594   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5595   /// template argument.
5596   ///
5597   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5598   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5599   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5600                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5601 
5602   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5603   /// template argument.
5604   ///
5605   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5606   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5607   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5608                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5609 
5610   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5611   /// type.
5612   ///
5613   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5614   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5615   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5616                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5617 
5618   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5619   /// type.
5620   ///
5621   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5622   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5623   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5624                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5625 
5626   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5627   /// nested-name-specifier.
5628   ///
5629   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5630   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5631   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5632                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5633 
5634   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5635   /// name.
5636   ///
5637   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5638   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5639   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5640                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5641 
5642   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5643   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5644   ///
5645   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5646   /// may already be invalid.
5647   ///
5648   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5649   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5650                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5651 
5652   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5653   /// creates a pack expansion.
5654   ///
5655   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5656   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5657   ///
5658   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5659   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5660 
5661   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5662   /// expansion.
5663   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5664                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5665                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5666 
5667   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5668   /// expansion.
5669   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5670                               SourceRange PatternRange,
5671                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5672                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5673 
5674   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5675   /// creates a pack expansion.
5676   ///
5677   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5678   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5679   ///
5680   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5681   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5682 
5683   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5684   /// creates a pack expansion.
5685   ///
5686   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5687   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5688   ///
5689   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5690   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5691                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5692 
5693   /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5694   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5695   /// transforming the pattern.
5696   ///
5697   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5698   /// pack expansion.
5699   ///
5700   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5701   /// the pack expansion.
5702   ///
5703   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5704   /// pattern.
5705   ///
5706   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5707   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5708   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5709   ///
5710   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5711   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5712   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5713   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5714   ///
5715   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5716   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5717   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5718   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5719   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5720   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5721   /// set this value in other cases.
5722   ///
5723   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5724   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5725   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5726   /// must be set.
5727   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5728                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
5729                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5730                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5731                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
5732                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
5733                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5734 
5735   /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5736   /// type.
5737   ///
5738   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5739   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5740   ///
5741   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5742   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5743       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5744 
5745   /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5746   /// parameter packs.
5747   ///
5748   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5749   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5750   ///
5751   /// \code
5752   ///   void f(T...);
5753   /// \endcode
5754   ///
5755   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5756   /// a variadic function.
5757   ///
5758   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5759   /// false otherwise.
5760   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5761 
5762   /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5763   ///
5764   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5765   ///
5766   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5767   ///
5768   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5769   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5770   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5771       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5772       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5773       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5774 
5775   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5776   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5777   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5778 
5779   /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5780   ///
5781   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5782   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5783   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5784   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5785   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5786   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5787   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5788   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5789     /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5790     TDK_Success = 0,
5791     /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5792     TDK_Invalid,
5793     /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5794     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5795     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5796     /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5797     /// for every template parameter.
5798     TDK_Incomplete,
5799     /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5800     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5801     TDK_Inconsistent,
5802     /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5803     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5804     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5805     /// but were given a non-const "X".
5806     TDK_Underqualified,
5807     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5808     /// resulted in an error.
5809     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5810     /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5811     /// corresponding component of the argument.
5812     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5813     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5814     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5815     TDK_TooManyArguments,
5816     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5817     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5818     TDK_TooFewArguments,
5819     /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5820     /// template arguments for the given template.
5821     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5822     /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5823     /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5824     TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5825     /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5826     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5827   };
5828 
5829   TemplateDeductionResult
5830   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5831                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5832                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5833 
5834   TemplateDeductionResult
5835   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5836                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5837                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5838 
5839   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5840       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5841       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5842       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5843       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5844       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5845 
5846   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5847   // deduction for a call.
5848   struct OriginalCallArg {
5849     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5850                     unsigned ArgIdx,
5851                     QualType OriginalArgType)
5852       : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5853         OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5854 
5855     QualType OriginalParamType;
5856     unsigned ArgIdx;
5857     QualType OriginalArgType;
5858   };
5859 
5860   TemplateDeductionResult
5861   FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5862                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5863                                   unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5864                                   FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5865                                   sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5866            SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5867 
5868   TemplateDeductionResult
5869   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5870                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5871                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5872                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5873                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5874 
5875   TemplateDeductionResult
5876   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5877                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5878                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
5879                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5880                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5881                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5882 
5883   TemplateDeductionResult
5884   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5885                           QualType ToType,
5886                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5887                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5888 
5889   TemplateDeductionResult
5890   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5891                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5892                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5893                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5894                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5895 
5896   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
5897   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5898   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
5899   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
5900                                           QualType Replacement);
5901 
5902   /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5903   enum DeduceAutoResult {
5904     DAR_Succeeded,
5905     DAR_Failed,
5906     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5907   };
5908 
5909   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5910                                   QualType &Result);
5911   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5912                                   QualType &Result);
5913   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5914   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5915                         bool Diagnose = true);
5916 
5917   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5918                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5919                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5920 
5921   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5922                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5923                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5924                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5925                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments1,
5926                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments2);
5927   UnresolvedSetIterator
5928   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5929                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
5930                      SourceLocation Loc,
5931                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5932                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5933                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5934                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
5935 
5936   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5937   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5938                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5939                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5940                                   SourceLocation Loc);
5941 
5942   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5943       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5944       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
5945 
5946   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5947                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
5948                                   unsigned Depth,
5949                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5950   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5951                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5952                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5953     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5954   }
5955   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5956                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5957                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5958 
5959   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5960   // C++ Template Instantiation
5961   //
5962 
5963   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5964                                      const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5965                                                 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5966                                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5967 
5968   /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5969   struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5970     /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5971     enum InstantiationKind {
5972       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5973       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5974       TemplateInstantiation,
5975 
5976       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5977       /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5978       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5979       /// arguments as specified.
5980       /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5981       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5982 
5983       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5984       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5985       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5986       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5987 
5988       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5989       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5990       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5991 
5992       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5993       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5994       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5995       /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5996       /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5997       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5998 
5999       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6000       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6001       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6002       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6003 
6004       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6005       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6006       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6007 
6008       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6009       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6010       ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6011     } Kind;
6012 
6013     /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6014     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6015 
6016     /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6017     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6018     /// arguments.
6019     NamedDecl *Template;
6020 
6021     /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6022     Decl *Entity;
6023 
6024     /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6025     /// are not part of the entity.
6026     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6027 
6028     /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6029     unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6030 
6031     /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6032     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6033     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6034 
6035     /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6036     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6037     /// template instantiation.
6038     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6039 
6040     ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6041       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
6042         NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
6043 
6044     /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6045     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6046     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6047 
6048     friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6049                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6050       if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6051         return false;
6052 
6053       if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6054         return false;
6055 
6056       switch (X.Kind) {
6057       case TemplateInstantiation:
6058       case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6059         return true;
6060 
6061       case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6062       case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6063         return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6064 
6065       case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6066       case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6067       case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6068       case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6069         return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6070 
6071       }
6072 
6073       llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6074     }
6075 
6076     friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6077                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6078       return !(X == Y);
6079     }
6080   };
6081 
6082   /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6083   ///
6084   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6085   /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6086   /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6087   /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6088   SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6089     ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6090 
6091   /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6092   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6093   SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6094 
6095   /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6096   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6097   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6098   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6099 
6100   /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6101   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6102   /// template defined within it.
6103   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6104 
6105   /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6106   /// template instantiation.
6107   ///
6108   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6109   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6110   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6111 
6112   /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6113   /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6114   /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6115   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6116 
6117   /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6118   /// error or warning was produced.
6119   ///
6120   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6121   /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6122   /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6123   /// to implement it anywhere else.
6124   ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6125 
6126   /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6127   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6128   ///
6129   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6130   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6131   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6132   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6133 
6134   /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6135   /// within a \c Sema object.
6136   ///
6137   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6138   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6139     Sema &Self;
6140     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6141 
6142   public:
6143     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6144       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6145       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6146     }
6147 
6148     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6149       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6150     }
6151   };
6152 
6153   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6154 
6155   /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6156   ///
6157   /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6158   /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6159   SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6160 
6161   /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6162   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6163   /// deduction.
6164   ///
6165   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6166   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6167     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6168   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6169 
6170   /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6171   /// instantiation.
6172   ///
6173   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6174   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6175   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6176   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6177   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6178   ///
6179   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6180   /// the stack.
6181   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6182     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6183     /// function template, or a member thereof.
6184     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6185                           Decl *Entity,
6186                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6187 
6188     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6189     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6190     /// of a function template.
6191     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6192                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6193                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6194 
6195     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6196     /// template-id.
6197     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6198                           TemplateDecl *Template,
6199                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6200                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6201 
6202     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6203     /// template-id.
6204     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6205                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6206                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6207                           ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6208                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6209                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6210 
6211     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6212     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6213     /// specialization.
6214     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6215                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6216                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6217                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6218                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6219 
6220     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6221     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6222     /// specialization.
6223     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6224                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6225                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6226                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6227                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6228 
6229     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6230                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
6231                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6232                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6233 
6234     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6235     /// non-type or template template parameter.
6236     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6237                           NamedDecl *Template,
6238                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6239                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6240                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6241 
6242     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6243                           NamedDecl *Template,
6244                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6245                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6246                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6247 
6248     /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6249     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6250     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6251                           TemplateDecl *Template,
6252                           NamedDecl *Param,
6253                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6254                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6255 
6256 
6257     /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6258     void Clear();
6259 
6260     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6261 
6262     /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6263     /// recursive template instantiations.
6264     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6265 
6266   private:
6267     Sema &SemaRef;
6268     bool Invalid;
6269     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6270     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6271                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6272 
6273     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6274 
6275     InstantiatingTemplate&
6276     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6277   };
6278 
6279   void PrintInstantiationStack();
6280 
6281   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6282   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6283   /// errors.
6284   ///
6285   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6286   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6287   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6288   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6289   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6290 
6291   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6292   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6293   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6294     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6295            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6296     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6297   }
6298 
6299   /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6300   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6301   /// deduction.
6302   class SFINAETrap {
6303     Sema &SemaRef;
6304     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6305     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6306     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6307 
6308   public:
6309     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6310       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6311         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6312                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6313         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6314     {
6315       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6316         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6317       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6318     }
6319 
6320     ~SFINAETrap() {
6321       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6322       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6323         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6324       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6325     }
6326 
6327     /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6328     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6329       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6330     }
6331   };
6332 
6333   /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6334   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6335   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6336   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6337   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6338     Sema &SemaRef;
6339     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6340     SFINAETrap Trap;
6341     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6342   public:
6343     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6344         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6345           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6346       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6347     }
6348     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6349       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6350     }
6351   };
6352 
6353   /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6354   /// variables.
6355   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6356 
6357   /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6358   /// disabled.
6359   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6360 
6361   /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6362   unsigned TyposCorrected;
6363 
6364   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6365     UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6366 
6367   /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6368   /// name lookup.
6369   ///
6370   /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6371   /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6372   /// string represents a keyword.
6373   UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6374 
6375   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6376   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6377 
6378   /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6379   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6380   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6381   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6382 
6383   /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6384   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6385 
6386   /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6387   ///
6388   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6389   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6390   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6391   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6392   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6393   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6394   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6395 
6396   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6397   /// but have not yet been performed.
6398   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6399 
6400   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6401   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6402   ///
6403   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6404   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6405   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6406   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6407   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6408 
6409   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6410 
6411   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6412                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6413                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6414 
6415   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6416                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6417                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6418 
6419   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6420                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6421                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6422 
6423   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6424                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6425                                         SourceLocation Loc,
6426                                         DeclarationName Entity,
6427                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6428                                         unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6429   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6430                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6431                                 int indexAdjustment,
6432                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6433                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6434   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6435                       ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6436                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6437                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6438                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6439   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6440                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6441 
6442   /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6443   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6444   ///
6445   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6446   ///
6447   /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6448   ///
6449   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6450   /// default arguments will be dropped.
6451   ///
6452   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6453   ///
6454   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6455   ///
6456   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6457   bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6458                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6459                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6460 
6461   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6462                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6463 
6464   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6465                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6466 
6467   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6468                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6469                        bool CXXDirectInit);
6470 
6471   bool
6472   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6473                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6474                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6475 
6476   bool
6477   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6478                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6479                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6480                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6481                    bool Complain = true);
6482 
6483   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6484                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6485                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6486                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6487 
6488   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6489     const Attr *TmplAttr;
6490     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6491     Decl *NewDecl;
6492 
6493     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6494                               Decl *D)
6495       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6496     { }
6497   };
6498   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6499 
6500   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6501                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6502                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6503                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6504 
6505   bool
6506   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6507                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6508                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6509                            bool Complain = true);
6510 
6511   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6512                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6513                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6514                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6515 
6516   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6517                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6518                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6519                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6520 
6521   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6522   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6523                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6524 
6525   DeclarationNameInfo
6526   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6527                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6528   TemplateName
6529   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6530                     SourceLocation Loc,
6531                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6532   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6533              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6534              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6535 
6536   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6537                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
6538   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6539                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
6540                                      bool Recursive = false,
6541                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6542   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6543       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6544       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6545       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6546       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6547       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6548       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6549       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0);
6550   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6551       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6552       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6553   void
6554   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6555                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6556                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6557                              DeclContext *Owner,
6558                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6559                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6560   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6561       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6562       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6563   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6564                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6565                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6566   void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6567                                      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6568                                      VarDecl *Var,
6569                                      bool Recursive = false,
6570                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6571 
6572   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6573                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6574                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6575 
6576   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6577                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6578   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6579                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6580 
6581   // Objective-C declarations.
6582   enum ObjCContainerKind {
6583     OCK_None = -1,
6584     OCK_Interface = 0,
6585     OCK_Protocol,
6586     OCK_Category,
6587     OCK_ClassExtension,
6588     OCK_Implementation,
6589     OCK_CategoryImplementation
6590   };
6591   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6592 
6593   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6594                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6595                                  SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6596                                  IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6597                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6598                                  Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6599                                  unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6600                                  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6601                                  SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6602                                  AttributeList *AttrList);
6603 
6604   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6605                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6606                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6607 
6608   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6609                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6610                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6611                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6612 
6613   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6614     IdentifierInfo *PName,
6615     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6616     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6617 
6618   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6619                     SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6620                     IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6621                     Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6622                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6623                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6624                     AttributeList *AttrList);
6625 
6626   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6627                                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6628                                     SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6629                                     IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6630                                     SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6631                                     Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6632                                     unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6633                                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6634                                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6635 
6636   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6637                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6638                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6639                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6640                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6641 
6642   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6643                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6644                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6645                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6646                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
6647 
6648   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6649                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6650 
6651   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6652                                      IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6653                                      SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6654                                      unsigned NumElts);
6655 
6656   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6657                                         const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6658                                         unsigned NumElts,
6659                                         AttributeList *attrList);
6660 
6661   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6662                                const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6663                                unsigned NumProtocols,
6664                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6665 
6666   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6667   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6668   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6669   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6670                                    SourceLocation Loc,
6671                                    unsigned &Attributes,
6672                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6673 
6674   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6675   /// setters and getters as needed.
6676   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6677   /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6678   /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6679   ///        in class extension.
6680   /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6681   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6682                            ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6683                            ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6684                            ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6685 
6686 
6687   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6688                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6689                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6690                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6691 
6692   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6693                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6694 
6695   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6696                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6697                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6698 
6699   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6700                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6701                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6702                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6703                       bool *OverridingProperty,
6704                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6705                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6706 
6707   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6708                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
6709                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6710                               bool ImplKind,
6711                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6712                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6713                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6714 
6715   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6716     OSMK_None,
6717     OSMK_Alloc,
6718     OSMK_New,
6719     OSMK_Copy,
6720     OSMK_RetainingInit,
6721     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6722   };
6723 
6724   struct ObjCArgInfo {
6725     IdentifierInfo *Name;
6726     SourceLocation NameLoc;
6727     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6728     // in this case.
6729     ParsedType Type;
6730     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6731 
6732     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6733     AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6734   };
6735 
6736   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6737     Scope *S,
6738     SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6739     SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6740     tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6741     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6742     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6743     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6744     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6745     ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6746     DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6747     AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6748     bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6749 
6750   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6751                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6752                                               bool IsInstance);
6753   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6754                                            bool IsInstance);
6755 
6756   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6757   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6758 
6759   ExprResult
6760   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6761                             Expr *BaseExpr,
6762                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
6763                             DeclarationName MemberName,
6764                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6765                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6766                             bool Super);
6767 
6768   ExprResult
6769   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6770                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6771                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6772                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6773 
6774   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6775 
6776   /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6777   /// send that starts with an identifier.
6778   enum ObjCMessageKind {
6779     /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6780     ObjCSuperMessage,
6781     /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6782     ObjCInstanceMessage,
6783     /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6784     /// name.
6785     ObjCClassMessage
6786   };
6787 
6788   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6789                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
6790                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
6791                                      bool IsSuper,
6792                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
6793                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6794 
6795   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6796                                Selector Sel,
6797                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6798                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6799                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6800                                MultiExprArg Args);
6801 
6802   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6803                                QualType ReceiverType,
6804                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6805                                Selector Sel,
6806                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6807                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6808                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6809                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6810                                MultiExprArg Args,
6811                                bool isImplicit = false);
6812 
6813   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6814                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
6815                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6816                                        Selector Sel,
6817                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6818                                        MultiExprArg Args);
6819 
6820   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6821                                ParsedType Receiver,
6822                                Selector Sel,
6823                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6824                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6825                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6826                                MultiExprArg Args);
6827 
6828   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6829                                   QualType ReceiverType,
6830                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6831                                   Selector Sel,
6832                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6833                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6834                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6835                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6836                                   MultiExprArg Args,
6837                                   bool isImplicit = false);
6838 
6839   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6840                                           QualType ReceiverType,
6841                                           SourceLocation Loc,
6842                                           Selector Sel,
6843                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6844                                           MultiExprArg Args);
6845 
6846   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6847                                   Expr *Receiver,
6848                                   Selector Sel,
6849                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6850                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6851                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6852                                   MultiExprArg Args);
6853 
6854   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6855                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6856                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6857                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6858                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6859 
6860   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6861                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6862                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6863                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6864                                   ParsedType Type,
6865                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6866                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6867 
6868   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6869 
6870   /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6871   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6872   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6873                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6874 
6875   /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6876   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6877     RTC_Compatible,
6878     RTC_Incompatible,
6879     RTC_Unknown
6880   };
6881 
6882   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6883                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6884                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6885 
6886   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6887     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6888     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6889     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6890     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6891     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6892     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6893   };
6894 
6895   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6896   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6897                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6898 
6899   enum PragmaPackKind {
6900     PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6901     PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6902     PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6903     PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6904   };
6905 
6906   enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6907     PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6908     PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6909   };
6910 
6911   enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6912     PCK_Unknown,
6913     PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6914     PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6915     PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6916     PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6917     PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6918   };
6919 
6920   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6921   void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6922                        IdentifierInfo *Name,
6923                        Expr *Alignment,
6924                        SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6925                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6926                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6927 
6928   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6929   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6930 
6931   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
6932   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6933   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6934 
6935   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6936   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6937 
6938   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6939   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6940                          Scope *curScope,
6941                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6942 
6943   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6944   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6945                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6946 
6947   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6948                                  SourceLocation Loc);
6949   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6950 
6951   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6952   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6953                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6954                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6955 
6956   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6957   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6958   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6959                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6960                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6961                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6962                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6963 
6964   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6965   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6966                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6967                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6968                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6969                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6970 
6971   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6972   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6973   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6974 
6975   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6976   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6977   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6978 
6979   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6980   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6981 
6982   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6983   void FreePackedContext();
6984 
6985   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6986   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6987   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6988                                    SourceLocation Loc);
6989 
6990   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6991   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6992   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6993 
6994   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6995   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6996   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6997 
6998   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6999   void FreeVisContext();
7000 
7001   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7002   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7003   /// the appropriate attribute.
7004   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7005 
7006   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7007   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7008                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7009   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7010                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7011 
7012   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7013 private:
7014   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7015   /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7016   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7017   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7018 public:
7019   /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7020   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7021                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7022                            Scope *CurScope);
7023   /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7024   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7025 
7026   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7027   /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7028   /// threadprivate'.
7029   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7030                                      CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7031                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7032   /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7033   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7034                                      SourceLocation Loc,
7035                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7036   // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7037   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7038                                      SourceLocation Loc,
7039                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7040 
7041   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7042                                             ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7043                                             Stmt *AStmt,
7044                                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
7045                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
7046   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7047   /// of the  associated statement.
7048   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7049                                           Stmt *AStmt,
7050                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7051                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7052 
7053   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7054                                      unsigned Argument,
7055                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7056                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7057                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7058                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7059   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7060   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7061                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
7062                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7063                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7064                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7065 
7066   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7067                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7068                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7069                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7070                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7071   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7072   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7073                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7074                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7075                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7076   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7077   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7078                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7079                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7080                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7081   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7082   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7083                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7084                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7085                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7086 
7087   /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7088   enum CheckedConversionKind {
7089     /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7090     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7091     /// \brief A C-style cast.
7092     CCK_CStyleCast,
7093     /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7094     CCK_FunctionalCast,
7095     /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7096     CCK_OtherCast
7097   };
7098 
7099   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7100   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7101   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7102   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7103                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7104                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
7105                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
7106                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7107 
7108   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7109   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7110   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7111 
7112   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7113   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7114   /// required.
7115   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7116 
7117   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7118   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7119   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7120 
7121   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7122   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7123   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7124 
7125   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7126   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7127   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7128   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7129 
7130   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7131   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7132   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7133   // type.
7134   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7135 
7136   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7137   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7138   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7139   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7140 
7141   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7142   enum VariadicCallType {
7143     VariadicFunction,
7144     VariadicBlock,
7145     VariadicMethod,
7146     VariadicConstructor,
7147     VariadicDoesNotApply
7148   };
7149 
7150   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7151                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7152                                        Expr *Fn);
7153 
7154   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7155   // vararg function.
7156   enum VarArgKind {
7157     VAK_Valid,
7158     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7159     VAK_Undefined,
7160     VAK_Invalid
7161   };
7162 
7163   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7164   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7165 
7166   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7167   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7168   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7169 
7170   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7171   /// form of call prototypes.
7172   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
7173                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7174                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7175                               unsigned FirstProtoArg,
7176                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7177                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7178                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7179                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
7180                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
7181 
7182   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7183   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7184   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7185                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7186 
7187   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7188   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7189   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7190   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7191   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7192   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7193                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
7194 
7195   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7196   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7197   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7198   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7199   /// source and destination type.
7200   enum AssignConvertType {
7201     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7202     Compatible,
7203 
7204     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7205     /// accept as an extension.
7206     PointerToInt,
7207 
7208     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7209     /// accept as an extension.
7210     IntToPointer,
7211 
7212     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7213     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7214     FunctionVoidPointer,
7215 
7216     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7217     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7218     IncompatiblePointer,
7219 
7220     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7221     /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7222     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7223     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7224     IncompatiblePointerSign,
7225 
7226     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7227     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7228     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7229 
7230     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7231     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7232     /// like address spaces.
7233     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7234 
7235     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7236     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7237     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7238     /// extension.
7239     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7240 
7241     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7242     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7243     IncompatibleVectors,
7244 
7245     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7246     /// pointer. We disallow this.
7247     IntToBlockPointer,
7248 
7249     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7250     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7251     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7252 
7253     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7254     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7255     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7256     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7257 
7258     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7259     /// object with __weak qualifier.
7260     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7261 
7262     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7263     /// represent it in the AST.
7264     Incompatible
7265   };
7266 
7267   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7268   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7269   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7270   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7271                                 SourceLocation Loc,
7272                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7273                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7274                                 bool *Complained = 0);
7275 
7276   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7277   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7278   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7279                               Expr *SrcExpr);
7280 
7281   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7282   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7283   /// C99 6.5.16.
7284   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7285                                                QualType LHSType,
7286                                                QualType RHSType);
7287 
7288   /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7289   /// RHS to the LHS type.
7290   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7291                                                ExprResult &RHS,
7292                                                CastKind &Kind);
7293 
7294   // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7295   // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7296   // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7297   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7298                                                      ExprResult &RHS,
7299                                                      bool Diagnose = true,
7300                                                      bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7301 
7302   // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7303   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7304   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7305                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
7306 
7307   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7308 
7309   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7310 
7311   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7312                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7313                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
7314   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7315                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7316                                        bool AllowExplicit,
7317                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7318   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7319                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7320                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7321                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
7322                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7323   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7324                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7325                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7326                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7327 
7328   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7329   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7330 
7331   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7332   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7333                            ExprResult &RHS);
7334   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7335     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7336     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7337   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7338     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7339     bool IsDivide);
7340   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7341     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7342     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7343   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7344     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7345     QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7346   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7347     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7348     QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7349   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7350     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7351     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7352   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7353     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7354                                 bool isRelational);
7355   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7356     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7357     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7358   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7359     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7360   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7361   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7362   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7363   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7364     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7365 
7366   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7367                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7368   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7369                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7370                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7371   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7372   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7373 
7374   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7375     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7376     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7377   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7378     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7379     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7380   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7381                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7382   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7383                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7384                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7385     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7386     QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7387                                                   NonStandardCompositeType);
7388     E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7389     E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7390     return Composite;
7391   }
7392 
7393   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7394                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7395 
7396   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7397                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7398 
7399   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7400   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7401                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7402   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7403   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7404                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7405   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7406                                       SourceLocation Loc);
7407 
7408   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7409   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7410 
7411   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7412 
7413   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7414   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7415   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7416   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7417     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7418     /// reference binding is not possible.
7419     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7420     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7421     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7422     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7423     Ref_Related,
7424     /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7425     /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7426     /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7427     /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7428     Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7429     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7430     /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7431     Ref_Compatible
7432   };
7433 
7434   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7435                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
7436                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
7437                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
7438                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7439 
7440   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7441                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7442                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7443 
7444   /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7445   /// given type.
7446   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7447 
7448   /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7449   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7450   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7451                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7452 
7453   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7454   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7455   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7456   // returns true if the cast is invalid
7457   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7458                        CastKind &Kind);
7459 
7460   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7461   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7462   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7463   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7464   // returns the cast expr
7465   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7466                                 CastKind &Kind);
7467 
7468   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7469                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7470                                         Expr *CastExpr,
7471                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7472 
7473   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7474 
7475   /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7476   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7477   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7478                                              QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7479                                              CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7480                                              bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7481 
7482   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7483   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7484 
7485   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7486                                              QualType ExprType);
7487 
7488   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7489   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7490   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7491   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7492   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7493 
7494   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7495   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7496   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7497 
7498   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7499   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7500   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7501 
7502   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7503   /// \param Method - May be null.
7504   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7505   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7506   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7507                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7508                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7509                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7510                                  bool isSuperMessage,
7511                                  SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7512                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7513 
7514   /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7515   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7516   /// and the form of the message send.
7517   QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7518                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7519                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7520 
7521   /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7522   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7523   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7524 
7525   /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7526   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7527   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7528   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7529 
7530   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7531   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7532   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7533   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7534   ///
7535   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7536   /// 'if' keyword.
7537   /// \return true iff there were any errors
7538   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7539 
7540   ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7541                                    Expr *SubExpr);
7542 
7543   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7544   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7545   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7546 
7547   /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7548   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7549   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7550 
7551   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7552   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7553 
7554   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7555   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7556   /// the specified diagnostic.
7557   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7558                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7559                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7560 
7561   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7562   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7563   /// in the global scope.
7564   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7565 
7566   /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7567   /// expression violations.
7568   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7569   public:
7570     bool Suppress;
7571 
7572     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7573 
7574     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7575     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7576     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7577   };
7578 
7579   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7580   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7581   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7582   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7583                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7584                                              bool AllowFold = true);
7585   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7586                                              unsigned DiagID,
7587                                              bool AllowFold = true);
7588   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7589 
7590   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7591   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7592   /// Returns false on success.
7593   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7594   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7595                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7596                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7597 
7598   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7599     CFT_Device,
7600     CFT_Global,
7601     CFT_Host,
7602     CFT_HostDevice
7603   };
7604 
7605   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7606 
7607   bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7608                        CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7609 
7610   bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7611     return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7612                            IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7613   }
7614 
7615   /// \name Code completion
7616   //@{
7617   /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7618   enum ParserCompletionContext {
7619     /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7620     PCC_Namespace,
7621     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7622     PCC_Class,
7623     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7624     /// or category.
7625     PCC_ObjCInterface,
7626     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7627     /// category implementation
7628     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7629     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7630     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7631     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7632     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7633     /// headers.
7634     PCC_Template,
7635     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7636     /// headers within a class.
7637     PCC_MemberTemplate,
7638     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7639     PCC_Expression,
7640     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7641     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7642     PCC_Statement,
7643     /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7644     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7645     PCC_ForInit,
7646     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7647     /// while, switch, or for statement.
7648     PCC_Condition,
7649     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7650     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7651     /// in the grammar.
7652     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7653     /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7654     PCC_Type,
7655     /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7656     /// might also be a type cast.
7657     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7658     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7659     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7660     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7661   };
7662 
7663   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7664   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7665                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7666   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7667                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7668                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7669 
7670   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7671   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7672                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7673   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7674                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
7675                                        bool IsArrow);
7676   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7677   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7678   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7679   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7680   void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7681   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7682   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7683   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7684   void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7685 
7686   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7687                                bool EnteringContext);
7688   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7689   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7690   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7691   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7692   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7693   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7694                                 Decl *Constructor,
7695                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7696 
7697   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7698                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
7699 
7700   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7701   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7702   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7703   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7704   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7705   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7706   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7707   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7708                                    bool IsParameter);
7709   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7710   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7711                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7712                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
7713   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7714                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7715                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
7716                                     bool IsSuper = false);
7717   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7718                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7719                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
7720                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7721   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7722                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7723   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7724                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7725   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7726                                           unsigned NumProtocols);
7727   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7728   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7729   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7730                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7731                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7732   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7733   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7734                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7735                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7736   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7737                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7738                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7739   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7740   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7741                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7742   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7743                                   bool IsInstanceMethod,
7744                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
7745   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7746                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
7747                                           bool AtParameterName,
7748                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
7749                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7750   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7751   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7752   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7753   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7754   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7755                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7756                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7757                                              unsigned Argument);
7758   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7759   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7760                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7761                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7762   //@}
7763 
7764   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7765   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7766 
7767 public:
7768   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7769                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
7770 
7771 private:
7772   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7773                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7774                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7775   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7776   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7777   // FunctionDeclaration.
7778   struct FormatStringInfo {
7779     unsigned FormatIdx;
7780     unsigned FirstDataArg;
7781     bool HasVAListArg;
7782   };
7783 
7784   bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7785                            FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7786   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7787                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7788   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7789                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7790   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7791                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7792   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7793   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7794                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7795                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7796                             SourceLocation Loc);
7797 
7798   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7799                  unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7800                  SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7801                  VariadicCallType CallType);
7802 
7803 
7804   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7805 
7806   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7807 
7808   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7809   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7810   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7811   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7812 
7813   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7814   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7815   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7816 
7817 public:
7818   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7819   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7820   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7821                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7822                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7823 
7824 private:
7825   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7826   bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7827   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7828   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7829   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7830                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7831   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7832                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
7833 
7834 public:
7835   enum FormatStringType {
7836     FST_Scanf,
7837     FST_Printf,
7838     FST_NSString,
7839     FST_Strftime,
7840     FST_Strfmon,
7841     FST_Kprintf,
7842     FST_Unknown
7843   };
7844   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7845 
7846   void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7847                          ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7848                          unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7849                          FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7850                          VariadicCallType CallType,
7851                          llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7852 
7853 private:
7854   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7855                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7856                             bool IsCXXMember,
7857                             VariadicCallType CallType,
7858                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7859                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7860   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7861                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7862                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7863                             VariadicCallType CallType,
7864                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
7865                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7866 
7867   void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7868                              const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7869                              SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7870 
7871   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7872                                unsigned BId,
7873                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7874 
7875   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7876                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7877 
7878   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7879                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7880 
7881   void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7882                             SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7883   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7884   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7885   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7886   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7887 
7888   /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7889   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7890   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7891                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
7892 
7893   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7894                                    Expr *Init);
7895 
7896 public:
7897   /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7898   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7899                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7900                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7901 
7902   struct TypeTagData {
7903     TypeTagData() {}
7904 
7905     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7906         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7907         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7908     {}
7909 
7910     QualType Type;
7911 
7912     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7913     /// layout-compatibility.
7914     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7915     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7916   };
7917 
7918   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7919   /// identifies the magic value.
7920   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7921 
7922 private:
7923   /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7924   OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7925       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7926 
7927   /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7928   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7929   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7930                                 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7931 
7932   /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7933   ///
7934   /// The parser maintains this state here.
7935   Scope *CurScope;
7936 
7937   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7938   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7939 
7940 protected:
7941   friend class Parser;
7942   friend class InitializationSequence;
7943   friend class ASTReader;
7944   friend class ASTWriter;
7945 
7946 public:
7947   /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7948   ///
7949   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7950   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7951   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7952   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7953   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7954   /// template substitution or instantiation.
7955   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7956 
7957   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7958   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7959 
7960   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7961 
7962   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7963     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7964   }
7965 
7966   AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7967 
7968   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7969     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7970     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7971     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7972       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7973     return DC;
7974   }
7975 };
7976 
7977 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7978 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7979   Sema &Actions;
7980 
7981 public:
7982   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7983                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7984                                    Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7985                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
7986     : Actions(Actions) {
7987     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7988                                             IsDecltype);
7989   }
7990   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7991                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7992                                    Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7993                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
7994     : Actions(Actions) {
7995     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7996                                             Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7997                                             IsDecltype);
7998   }
7999 
8000   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8001     Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8002   }
8003 };
8004 
8005 DeductionFailureInfo
8006 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8007                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8008 
8009 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8010 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8011 struct LateParsedTemplate {
8012   CachedTokens Toks;
8013   /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8014   Decl *D;
8015 };
8016 
8017 } // end namespace clang
8018 
8019 #endif
8020